0 108 Main Menu
The first menu that appears in the Menu Options Window is
the Main Menu.  You activate all other menus from the Main
Menu.

CREATE lets you to create geometric entities in a variety
of ways.

EDIT lets you to edit the previously created entities.

DETAIL lest you enhance your entity or layout or switch to
Drawing Layout Mode.  For example, you can dimension an
entity, add text to the layout, and then reposition the
text.

X-FORM lets you transform, extend, rotate, scale, mirror,
or project an entity.

FILES lets you save a part file, make a plot or pattern
file, or access CADL files or macros.

DISPLAY lets you redraw, pan or zoom, manipulate axes or
viewports, alter views, change levels, activate the grid
or snap, and turn cursor tracking on and off.

CONTROL lets you verify a part's construction information,
work with construction views, change your coordinate
system, print or plot, and modify color, line type, line
width, and pen number attributes.

DELETE lets you delete entities by selecting from the
Selection Menu option or by deleting a certain level.

APPLIC lets you directly access third-party applications
for use with CADKEY.  You can access applications created
by CADKEY, or applications created by third-party
developers.  When you choose APPLIC, a list box appears
and displays every third-party application you have
installed.  If there are no third-party applications
installed, an error message appears.  Press <Enter> to
clear the error message; return to the Main Menu and make
another choice.

For more information about upcoming third-party products
you can use with CADKEY to enhance your productivity and
creativity, call your CADKEY dealer or our CADKEY regional
sales manager at (203) 298-8888.

(Alt)-(E) lets you exit the program.

THE POSITION MENU AND SELECTION MENU

These menus appear frequently in CADKEY:

When you want to select several entities, use the
Selection Menu.  The following section describes the
options and how to use them.

SINGLE - use the cursor to select an entity.

CHAIN - selects a series of connected lines, splines,
and/or arcs by defining the start and end entities in the
chain, and the direction in which you want to select the
chain.

WINDOW - cursor-indicate a window to select the entities
relative to the window.

POLYGON - cursor-indicate a closed, broken line segent to
select the entities relative to that segment.

GROUP - use the cursor to select grouped entities.

PLANE - use the cursor to select entities lying on a
specified plane.

ALL DSP - to select all entities displayed in a viewport,
optionally specifying types to include or exclude.

The following section describes the options on the
Position Menu and how to use them.

CURSOR - locate a position by using the cursor and the
current working depth.  Then press the cursor button.

POINT - locates a position with the x, y, z coordinates of
an existing point entity.

ENDENT - locates a position using the x, y, z coordinates
of an indicated endpoint.

CENTER - locates a position at the midpoint of a line
entity or the center of an arc entity.

INTRSC - locates a position at the intersection or
potential intersection of two entities.

ALONGL - locates a position along a line entity at a
specified distance from the endpoint.

POLAR - uses a distance that you specify and an angle from
another indicated position (reference point) to locate a
position.

DELTA - uses a specified distance (delta position) from
another position or reference point to locate a position.

KEY-IN - uses specified Cartesian coordinates, x,y, and z
values, to locate a position.
9
-1 0 1 # CREATE
-2 0 2 # EDIT
-3 0 3 # DETAIL
-4 0 4 # X-FORM
-5 0 5 # FILES
-6 0 6 # DISPLAY
-7 0 7 # CONTROL
-8 0 8 # DELETE
-11 0 0 !
1 25 Create
CREATE lets you work with geometric entities, the basic
building blocks that you use to create your part or
drawing.  CADKEY supports the following geometric
entities:

LINE
ARC
CIRCLE
POINT
POLYLINE
FILLET
POLYGON
SPLINE
CONIC

Keep the following notes in mind:

-Curves include lines, arcs/circles, conics, and splines.

-Points are called points and appear on the screen as plus
signs (+).

-Polylines are called polylines.

-Polygons are called polygons, not n-gons.
10
-1 0 11 # LINE
-2 0 12 # ARC
-3 0 13 # CIRCLE
-4 0 14 # POINT
-5 0 15 # POLYLINE
-6 0 16 # FILLET
-7 0 17 # CONIC
-8 0 18 # POLYGON
-10 0 0 #
-11 0 0 !
2 35 Edit
EDIT

After you create an entity in CADKEY, you may want to make
changes.  With the EDIT menu's options, you can alter your
design to meet your needs.  Sometimes no matter how
careful you are with your design, you still need to do
clean-up work.  The EDIT menu's options let you do clean
up or modify your design.  With EDIT, you can:

-Trim or extend entities.

-Break an entity into two or three separate entities.

-Bring back entities that you have deleted.

-Move entities within the part file and update the
information about the entities in the database.

-Group several entities into a single unit.

-Create segments on top of existing entities.

-Use QTRIM to quickly trim an entity with one cursor
selection.

The EDIT menu's options include:

TRM/EXT
BREAK
RECALL
BX MOVE
GROUP
AUTOSEG
SPLINE
SECTION
10
-1 0 21 # TRM/EXT
-2 0 22 # BREAK
-3 0 23 # RECALL
-4 0 24 # BX MOVE
-5 0 25 # GROUP
-6 0 26 # AUTOSEG
-7 0 27 # SPLINE
-8 0 28 # SECTION
-10 0 0 #
-11 0 0 !
3 91 Detail
DETAIL

In mechanical design and drafting, detailing means adding
detail drafting entities to the part.  Detail drafting
entities let you add detail to a part and can include
dimensions, notes, labels, witness lines, leader lines,
arrows, text, and cross-hatching.  CADKEY looks at
drafting entities as associated structures.  That means
that you cannot break out individual components within a
drafting entity.  For example, if you delete a cross-hatch
pattern, CADKEY deletes all cross-hatch pattern lines
within the pattern, not just one.  On the other hand,
CADKEY offers you flexibility when it comes to working
with drafting entities.  For example, you can alter line
type and line width, as well as set CADKEY to suppress
witness lines for dimensions.

Detailing adds to the impact of the drawing; you can take
it from a series of lines to an integrated whole that
gives you the big picture at a glance.  Detailing can help
you communicate with other members of a production team.
After drawing the part, detailing is probably the next
most important part of completing your drawing.  With
CADKEY, you can accomplish many of the detailing tasks
that used to take hours by hand with a few quick
keystrokes.

NOTE: Remember that any detailing that you add to a part
only appears in the part's construction view.  If you plan
on working with layouts, save detailing for Drawing Layout
Mode.  If you aren't going to be working with layouts, go
ahead and detail in Model Mode.

The DETAIL menu options include:

DIMENSN
NOTE
LABEL
ARR/WIT
X-HATCH
LAYOUT
CHANGE
UPDATE
SET

Detailing Hints

Here are a few basic detailing hints to keep in mind.
Also, the descriptions of each detailing option include
hints and cautions about the specific option.

-Save detailing until after you finish part construction.
Then when you start to add detail drafting entities to
your part, you might want to undertake each type of
detailing at once.  For example, you might finish all
horizontal dimensioning first, and vertical dimensioning
second.

-Put dimensions and other detailing geometry on separate
levels.

-The Status Window lets you set text characteristics while
working on an entity.

-Use the CHANGE option to modify existing dimensions
instead of recreating them.

-If the construction plane is active and grid or snap are
on, dimensions display on the display plane rather than on
the construction plane.

-Use the on-line text editor to modify text in existing
dimensions, labels, disk-based notes, and keyed-in notes.

-Turn off witness lines to avoid creating new witness
lines on top of existing witness lines.

-Create a blank part with standard dimension settings, and
use the part when you start a new drawing.  This template
lets you create or follow a company-wide standard.

-If text is too small for CADKEY to display, it appears as
lines until you window-in around the text, or until you
change the text height.

DLM NOTE: If you plan to work with layouts, do your
detailing in Drawing Layout Mode; take advantage of
Drawing Layout Mode and its features.  If you perform any
detailing in Model Mode and then enter Drawing Layout
Mode, none of the detailing appears in any drawing
instance.
11
-1 0 31 # DIMENSN
-2 0 32 # NOTE
-3 0 33 # LABEL
-4 0 34 # ARR/WIT
-5 0 35 # X-HATCH
-6 0 36 # LAYOUT
-7 0 37 # CHANGE
-8 0 38 # UPDATE
-9 0 39 # SET
-10 0 0 #
-11 0 0 !
4 149 X-form
The X-FORM Menu gives you powerful and flexible options
for 3-D wire-frame modeling.  X- FORM, which is CADKEY
shorthand for transform, moves, copies, or joins selected
entities.  When the transformation changes an entity's
shape, the entity type can change, too.  For example, if
you scale an arc using UNIDIR or AXES, it might turn into
an ellipse.  X-FORM helps you to save time.  With X-FORM,
you can:

Move an entity around the part or drawing.

Make one or many copies of an entity.

Join entities.

Create a mirrored image of an entity, letting you quickly
create symmetrical parts.

Change the scale of the part or drawing.

Project an entity onto a selected plane.

There are eight X-FORM menu options:

DELTA
OLD-NEW
ROTATE
SCALE
MIRROR
PROJECT
HLX ROT
C-ARRAY

You can use every X-FORM option in Drawing Layout Mode,
but only on layout-specific geometry.

Before you get started using X-FORM, you need to know the
following: Which entities you can use X-FORM on.

Which X-FORM options you can UNDO.

How to use the MOVE, COPY, JOIN menu, which is a standard
menu you'll use with the X- FORM options.

The next sections tell you about the entities you can
transform and how to use the MOVE, COPY, JOIN menu.

You can transform the following entity types.

Arc/circle
Arrows
Conic-ellipse, hyperbola, parabola
Cross-hatch
Diametric dimension
Disk note
General dimension
Label
Leader
Line
Linear dimension
Note
Ordinate dimension
Point
Polygon
Polyline
Radial dimension
Spline-both 2-D and 3-D
Witness line

To learn more about the Position Menu, see "System Basics"
in Getting Started.  To learn more about the Selection
Menu, see "System Basics" in Getting Started.

When you select an option from the X-FORM menu, the MOVE,
COPY, JOIN Menu appears.

NOTE:When you choose DELTA, OLD/NEW, ROTATE, or SCALE, the
Selection Menu appears.

Choose an option from the following menu:

MOVE
COPY
JOIN

MOVE moves the selection, entity, or note to a different
position on the screen.  Remember this is a move, not a
copy, so MOVE doesn't leave the original behind.

MOVE applies the transformation directly to the selected
entities.  CADKEY saves all non- geometric data relating
to the entities.

COPY applies the transformation to copies of the selected
entities.  CADKEY creates copies on the active level and
keeps the attributes of the original geometry.  CADKEY
saves all non-geometric data relating to the entities.
All options, except MIRROR and PROJECT, let you create as
many copies as you want in one operation.  CADKEY applies
the transformation for a given copy to the results of the
previous copy.  As an example, to translate a point by
x=1, y=0, z=0, in View 1, with three copies specified,
creates three more points.  Each point is one unit away
from the preceding point, in a horizontal direction:

If the transformation does not change a grouped entity's
scale or shape, CADKEY automatically creates new subgroups
when you choose COPY.  Each copy contains the same number
of new subgroups as the original geometry.  For example,
use ROTATE to make three copies of geometry containing
three subgroups.  Each copy contains three new subgroups,
for a total of nine new subgroups.

If you choose SCALE or PROJECT and select at least one
grouped entity, the following menu appears:

GROUP creates one new group per copy for each group that
contains at least one selected entity.  After CADKEY
processes the transformation, it prompts you for new group
names as it copies the member entities.  Each new group
has the same subgroup structure as the original group,
except that it does not contain empty subgroups.

SUBGRP creates one new subgroup per copy for each subgroup
that contains at least one selected entity and then
continues with the process.

UNGROUP allows you to ungroup all copies.

JOIN creates copies of selected entities and creates
additional entities to join positions on the original
entities with corresponding set positions on the copies.
Unless specifically noted in the description of the
options, the joining entities are lines.  Joining entities
have the current default attributes.  Coincident positions
create only one joining entity.

A point creates a joining entity at its position.

A line, open arc, open conic, or spline creates joining
entities at its endpoints.

A closed arc or ellipse creates a joining entity at its
zero degree position.

A polygon or polyline creates joining entities at its
vertices and endpoints.

No other entity types create joining entities.
10
-1 0 41 # DELTA
-2 0 42 # OLD-NEW
-3 0 43 # ROTATE
-4 0 44 # SCALE
-5 0 45 # MIRROR
-6 0 46 # PROJECT
-7 0 47 # HLX-ROT
-8 0 48 # C-ARRAY
-10 0 0 #
-11 0 0 !
5 200 Files
FILES

CADKEY gives you several methods of managing the files on
your system.  You can manage part files, pattern files,
CADL files, Macros, and CDEs using a series of standard
dialog boxes.  CADKEY stores each of the different file
types in separate subdirectories by default.  When setting
up CADKEY use the configuration program to set the default
path names you want for data files.

The FILES menu's options are:

PART
PATTERN
PLOT
CADL
MACROS
CDE
DB DRAW
TRANSLAT

File Management Dialog Boxes When you choose certain FILES
options, CADKEY displays a standard dialog box.  The
function that the dialog box performs depends on the
option you're working with.  The file management dialog
boxes appear when you choose any of the following options:

FILES, PART, LIST/LD
FILES, PATTERN, LIST/RTV
FILES, CADL, LST/EXE
FILES, CDE, LIST/OPN

The File Management dialog box options

OK/Cancel

You can click on the OK or Cancel buttons located in the
upper right corner of the dialog box at any time.  If you
click on OK, CADKEY performs the desired operation
according to the settings that appeared in the dialog box
immediately before you clicked on OK.  If you click on
Cancel, CADKEY closes the current dialog box without
performing the selected operation.

File Spec

The File Spec text box displays the name of the current
file.  To change the name of the current file, position
the cursor in the text box and type the new filename.
Also, you can use the File Spec text box to modify the
file specification so that the Files list box will only
display files of a certain type.  See "Files" below for
more information on this list box.  To modify the file
specification, position the cursor in the File Spec text
box, type a new filename or a wild card control string and
press <Enter>.  The Files list box then displays only
files that match the control string that you specified.
For example, if you specify files with a .xyz extension,
the Files list box displays only the files in the current
directory that have this extension.

Directory

The Directory text box displays the name of the current
directory.  To change the name of the current directory,
position the cursor in the text box and type the drive
and/or name of a new directory.  Once you specify a
directory using this text box, CADKEY will display all of
the directory's subdirectories in the Directories list
box.

Files

The Files list box displays the files contained in the
current directory.  The files that display in the list box
appear according the file specification you set in the
File Spec text box.  Use the scroll bars or arrow keys to
move through the list.  To select and load a file,
highlight the appropriate filename, and then click again
on the highlighted filename, or click on OK.

Directories

The Directories list box displays the currently available
drives and the subdirectories contained within the current
directory.  To change a drive or directory, scroll through
the list, highlight the appropriate drive or directory,
and then click again on the highlighted entry.  Click on
.. twice to move back one directory level.

Sort

Sort lets you choose a method for sorting files in the
current directory.  Click on the appropriate radio button
and CADKEY sorts the files according to:

Name filename.

Ext extension name.

Date creation date.

Size file size.

Ascend (default) ascending alphanumeric order; 0 - nnn and
A - Z order.

Descend descending alphanumeric order; nnn - 0 and Z - A
order.

Date

The Date setting displays the date you last saved the
selected file.

Time

The Time setting displays the time you last saved the
selected file.

Size

The Size setting displays the amount of space in kilobytes
that the selected file occupies.

R/W

R/W is the Read/Write status of the file.  The Read/Write
status tells you if you can view, edit, rename, copy,
move, or delete the selected file.

Note:For UX users only: Notice that in the Read/Write
information area, CADKEY replaces R/W with R/W/X to
display the Read, Write, and Execute permissions
associated with the selected file.

The Copy, Move, Delete and Rename Buttons

The Copy button lets you create a copy of the selected
file with the specified destination name and in the
specified destination directory and drive.  When you click
on the Copy button, the Copy File dialog box appears.

The Copy File dialog box lists the current name and path
of the selected file and the name and path of destination
file.  Either click on OK to copy the file as specified,
or click on Cancel to return to the previous dialog box
without copying the file.

To change the destination drive and/or directory, either
position the cursor in the Destination text box and type a
new destination file or directory name or click on the
Directory button.  If you click on Directory, CADKEY
displays the Directory Selection dialog box.

The Directory Selection dialog box displays a list of the
current directory's subdirectories.  Use the scroll bars
or arrow keys to move through the list, highlight a new
directory, and either click again on the highlighted
directory or click on OK.  Click on .  .  twice to move
back one directory level.  Click on Cancel to exit without
changing directories and return to the previous dialog
box.  If you've selected a directory that is incorrect,
CADKEY displays an error box.  Click on OK to clear the
box.

The Move button lets you move the selected file to the
destination directory.  When you click on the Move button,
CADKEY displays the Move File dialog box.

The Move File dialog box lists the name and path of the
selected file and destination path of the file you want to
move.  Click on OK to move the selected file as specified,
or click on Cancel to exit the dialog box without moving
the file.  If you click on Cancel, CADKEY returns you to
the previous dialog box.

To change the destination filename, destination drive,
and/or directory, position the cursor in the Destination
text box and either type a new filename, directory name or
click on Directory.

Delete lets you erase the selected file.  When you click
on Delete, CADKEY displays a confirmation box asking if
you want to delete the file.  Click on OK to delete the
file or click on Cancel to exit the confirmation box
without deleting the file.

The Rename button lets you change the selected file to a
different name.  When you click on the Rename button,
CADKEY displays the Rename File dialog box.

Position the cursor in the Destination text box and type
the new filename.  Click on OK to rename the file; click
on Cancel to close the dialog box without renaming the
file and return to the previous dialog box.

If you rename the file with the same name in the same
path, CADKEY displays an error box.  Click on Ok to clear
the box and then try a different name.
10
-1 0 51 # PART
-2 0 52 # PATTERN
-3 0 53 # PLOT
-4 0 54 # CADL
-5 0 55 # MACROS
-6 0 56 # CDE
-7 0 57 # DB DRAW
-8 0 58 # TRANSLAT
-10 0 0 #
-11 0 0 !
6 62 Display
DISPLAY menu options let you change the viewing area,
use a grid to make designing your part easier, and manage
and work with levels.  With DISPLAY you can manage your
drawing without permanently changing its point
coordinates.

DISPLAY lets you do the following:

-Use level management to control what entities of a part
display.

-Draw more easily using grid/snap.

-Enter data using your cursor as a digitizer.

The DISPLAY menu options are:

REDRAW
PAN
ZOOM
VIEW
VWPORTS
LEVELS
GRD/SNP
AXES
CURSOR

Hints

-When you change options in DISPLAY, it affects only how
the part looks, not its database.

-Use the grid and snap at the same time for precise
results, especially when using the cursor to create
geometry.

-Try to create different sections of the part on different
levels or layers.  This makes working with or selecting
the entity easier.  Also, you can avoid redrawing entities
that you are not currently working on.

-Organize your level assignments according to functions.
For example, store all geometric entities on levels 1-20,
drafting entities on levels 21-30, and so on.

-Press Esc to stop a redraw any time.

-Most display options have Immediate Mode commands.  See
each option's description and your CADKEY Reference Card.

-Create templates for views you use often and call them up
when you want to use them for a new part.

-If you use a keyboard as your input device, increase and
decrease the snap increment by pressing (PgUp) or (PgDn).
The snap increment controls the horizontal and vertical
movement of the cursor.  (PgUp) increases the size of the
cursor movement, and (PgDn) decreases the size of the
cursor movement.

In Drawing Layout Mode, CADKEY disables DISPLAY, VIEW and
DISPLAY, VWPORTS.
11
-1 0 61 # REDRAW
-2 0 62 # PAN
-3 0 63 # ZOOM
-4 0 64 # VIEW
-5 0 65 # VWPORTS
-6 0 66 # LEVELS
-7 0 67 # GRD/SNAP
-8 0 68 # AXES
-9 0 69 # CURSOR
-10 0 0 #
-11 0 0 !
7 17 Control
CONTROL

The CONTROL menu has a wide variety of options that let
you do everything from geometric calculations to changing
the current attributes of entities to shelling out to your
operating system, as well as on-line printing and
plotting.  The CONTROL menu options are:

VERIFY
ATTRIB
CONST
COORDS
STATUS
PRINT
PLOT
SYSCMD
OPTIONS
11
-1 0 71 # VERIFY
-2 0 72 # ATTRIB
-3 0 73 # CONST
-4 0 74 # COORDS
-5 0 75 # STATUS
-6 0 76 # PRINT
-7 0 77 # PLOT
-8 0 78 # SYSCMD
-9 0 79 # OPTIONS
-10 0 0 #
-11 0 0 !
8 58 Delete
DELETE lets you quickly and easily delete entities.
CADKEY doesn't limit you to just one way of deleting
entities, but, instead gives you different options that
let you choose how you want to work.

You can delete entities:

-one at a time

-by group, level, or window

-by all entities displayed

-by polygon

-by chain

If you make a mistake and delete the wrong entities, don't
worry.  You can get back the last entity you deleted by
choosing EDIT, RECALL or the Immediate Mode command,
(Ctrl)-(R).

The DELETE menu has the following options:

SELECT
LEVEL

CADKEY lets you remove entities in two ways.  You can
delete one entity at a time, or you can delete entities on
any level you choose.

SELECT lets you choose on-screen entities to erase.  Use
an option from the Selection Menu to choose entities you
want to erase.  You cannot delete a portion of the entity.
For example, you can't delete dimensioning text from a
dimension.

-Grouped entities lose their group association when you
delete them.

You can use only DELETE or (Ctrl)-(Q) to delete entire
instances or layout- specific geometry.  To delete an
instance-specific entity within a drawing instance, use
BLANK.

Choose the entities to delete using an option from the
Selection Menu.

The Selection Menu options let you choose the entity type
and attributes to delete.

LEVEL removes all entities on a specific level.

Enter the level number from which to delete entities and
press <Enter>.

CADKEY deletes all entities on the level you select and
returns you to the DELETE menu.
2
-10 0 0 #
-11 0 0 !
11 12 Create Line
LINE lets you create lines using the following menu
options:

ENDPTS
STRING
PARALEL
TAN/PRP
HRZ/VRT
ANGLE
RECTANG
N-GON
MESH
11
-1 0 111 # ENDPTS
-2 0 112 # STRING
-3 0 113 # PARALEL,
-4 0 114 # TAN/PRP
-5 0 115 # HRZ/VRT
-6 0 116 # ANGLE
-7 0 117 # RECTANG
-8 0 118 # N-GON
-9 0 119 # MESH
-10 0 1 #
-11 0 0 !
12 11 Create Arc
ARC creates an arc.  An arc is a continuous portion of a
curved line, such as an ellipse.  The ARC menu options
are:

CTR+RAD
CTR+DIA
CTR+EDG
THREE-P
TANGENT
BEG+END
ROUND
9
-1 0 121 # CTR+RAD
-2 0 122 # CTR+DIA
-3 0 123 # CTR+EDG
-4 0 124 # THREE-P
-5 0 125 # TANGENT
-6 0 126 # BEG+END
-7 0 127 # ROUND
-10 0 1 #
-11 0 0 !
13 10 Create Circle
CIRCLE creates a circle.  A circle is a closed plane curve
every point of which is equidistant from a fixed point
within the circle.  The CIRCLE menu options are:

CTR+RAD
CTR+DIA
CTR+EDG
THREE-P
TANGENT
TWO-PTS
8
-1 0 131 # CTR+RAD
-2 0 132 # CTR+DIA
-3 0 133 # CTR+EDG
-4 0 134 # THREE-P
-5 0 135 # TANGENT
-6 0 136 # TWO-PTS
-10 0 1 #
-11 0 0 !
14 7 Create Point
POINT creates a point entity.  The POINT menu options are:

POSITN
ON ARC
SEGMENT
MESH
ON SPLN
7
-1 0 141 # POSITN,
-2 0 142 # ON ARC
-3 0 143 # SEGMENT
-4 0 144 # MESH,
-5 0 145 # ON SPLN
-10 0 1 #
-11 0 0 !
15 12 Create Polyline
POLYLINE is one continuous entity.  You must always work
with the polyline as a whole.  Because POLYLINE uses
techniques like LINE, try using lines when you create a
part that needs a lot of editing.

Keep the following notes in mind:

-You can use OUT/FIL to fill closed polyline entities that
have less than or equal to 50 sides.

-For easier selection, fill selected polylines after you
finish working with them.
7
-1 0 151 # STRING
-2 0 152 # RECTANG
-3 0 153 # N-GON
-4 0 154 # SKETCH
-5 0 155 # MESH
-10 0 1 #
-11 0 0 !
16 5 Create Fillet
FILLET is a junction formed by two surfaces.  The FILLET
menu options are:

ARC
CHAMFER
4
-1 0 161 # ARC
-2 0 162 # CHAMFER
-10 0 1 #
-11 0 0 !
17 9 Create Conic
CONIC is a special curve created from a point that moves
so that the ratio of its distance from a fixed point to
its distance from a fixed line is a constant.  The CONIC
menu options are:

5 COND
6 COEFF
PARABOL
ELLIPSE
6
-1 0 171 # 5 COND
-2 0 172 # 6 COEFF
-3 0 173 # PARABOL
-4 0 174 # ELLIPSE
-10 0 1 #
-11 0 0 !
18 27 Create Polygon
POLYGON is one complete entity.  You must work with it
as a whole.  To edit parts of a polygon, use LINE to
make a polygon out of separate lines.  Then, you can
manipulate each side of the polygon as a separate line
entity.

POLYGON menu options are:

CTR+RAD
CTR+SID
RECTANG
STRING
MESH

-You can work with filled or outlined polygons.  CADKEY
displays a menu from which you can choose the option you
want.

-When a part needs intricate detailing and changes,
outline the polygon and fill it in after you complete the
part.

-A polygon can have up to eight sides.

-Use CONTROL, ATTRIBUTE, CURRENT or choose COLOR in the
Status Window to set the color before creating the
polygon.
7
-1 0 181 # CTR+RAD
-2 0 182 # CTR+SID
-3 0 183 # RECTANG
-4 0 184 # STRING
-5 0 185 # MESH
-10 0 1 #
-11 0 0 !
21 34 Edit Trm/ext
TRM/EXT is CADKEY shorthand for trim and extend.  Use it
to trim or extend one entity to the intersection of
another selected entity.  TRM/EXT is useful when you want
to connect two entities that don't intersect.

Note: Use DISPLAY, LEVEL and TRM/EXT to perform a hidden
line removal.  A hidden line removal removes lines that
you could not or would not see from an object, if the
object were solid.

An instance does not have to be active in order for you to
trim.

In Drawing Layout Mode, you can trim instance-specific to
layout-specific geometry vice versa.  You can also trim
within an instance.

In Drawing Layout Mode, you can use all of the TRM/EXT
options except for DIVIDE on instance-specific geometry.
You cannot trim instance-specific entities using DIVIDE;
you can trim layout-specific entities using DIVIDE.

You cannot trim instance-specific splines and polylines
unless you modelize them first.  Modelizing changes
instance-specific geometry to layout-specific geometry.

Choose an option from the following menu:

FIRST
BOTH
DOUBLE
DIVIDE
MODAL
POSITN
8
-1 0 211 # FIRST
-2 0 212 # BOTH
-3 0 213 # DOUBLE
-4 0 214 # DIVIDE
-5 0 215 # MODAL
-6 0 216 # POSITN
-10 0 2 #
-11 0 0 !
22 17 Edit Break
BREAK lets you break an entity into two or three different
entities.  When you break an entity, the section of the
entity that you choose to break keeps its original
settings.  After you use BREAK, any pieces that you don't
select use the current attributes settings.

In Drawing Layout Mode, use EDIT, BREAK on layout-specific
geometry only.

Choose an option from the following menu:

FIRST
BOTH
DOUBLE
DIVIDE
MODAL
POSITN
8
-1 0 221 # FIRST
-2 0 222 # BOTH
-3 0 223 # DOUBLE
-4 0 224 # DIVIDE
-5 0 225 # MODAL
-6 0 226 # POSITN,
-10 0 2 #
-11 0 0 !
23 51 Edit Recall
RECALL lets you bring back entities that you have deleted.
It affects only those entities that you deleted since
loading your last part file or since the start of the
current work session.  RECALL lets you undelete up to 100
entities and brings them back one entity at a time.

Choose an option from the following menu:

LAST
LEVEL
ALL

LAST recalls and displays, up to 100 deleted entities, one
entity at a time.

-CADKEY recalls your most recent deletion first, the next
most recent, next, and so on.

-You can't undelete entities as a group.

LEVEL recalls the last level you deleted and returns it to
the current part.

-You can't undelete entities in a part file you saved and
retrieved.  Once you save the part file, you lose any
entities you delete.

Enter a level number from which to retrieve entities,
<Enter>.  CADKEY recovers any entities you previously
deleted on that level.  If the level is on, it displays
them.

If you turned on DISPLAY, LEVELS, LIST, then ALL recalls
and displays all previously deleted parts.

-You can't recall entities as a group.

Choose a RECALL method using the Masking Menu.  The
Masking Menu lets you mask some entities to recall.  Use a
mask to hide certain entity types or levels of your
drawing.

ALL retrieves all deleted entities.

BY TYPE retrieves deleted entities by type.

EX TYPE If you turned on DISPLAY, LEVELS, LIST, then

EX TYPE recalls all deleted entities to the screen except
those you specify.  CADKEY recalls and displays the
entities in the database order you chose.
2
-10 0 2 #
-11 0 0 !
24 12 Edit Bx move
BX MOVE is CADKEY shorthand for box move.  It moves or
modifies entities by specifying old and new base positions
or by letting you enter x, y, and z delta view
coordinates.

In Drawing Layout Mode, you can use BX MOVE on
layout-specific geometry only.

Choose an option from the following menu:

X-Y-Z
BASE PT
4
-1 0 241 # X-Y-Z
-2 0 242 # BASE PT
-10 0 2 #
-11 0 0 !
25 73 Edit Group
GROUP links entities so you can cursor select them
individually or select them as a unit using a group name.

Also, grouping helps you build symbols or patterns.  If
you use entities to build a design and then GROUP the
entities, you can edit or modify the whole pattern.  You
can GROUP all entities.  CADKEY asks you to give the group
an alphanumeric name, up to eight characters long.  An
alphanumeric name is a name that can be made up of letters
and/or numbers.

You can divide each new group you create into 256
subdivisions called subgroups.  When you group entities,
CADKEY puts them in a subgroup.  CADKEY then gives each
subgroup a sequential number from 1 to 256.  You can't
have more than 256 subgroups in a single group.

Example

Create a bolt pattern and bring it in to an assembly
drawing as a group named bolt.  Each time you retrieve the
bolt drawing, CADKEY assigns it the next available
subgroup number.  If you load the bolt five times and
place it five times in the assembly drawing, CADKEY places
the last pattern in subgroup 5 in the group called bolt.

You can use GROUP, SUBGROUP to extract information about
the number of subgroups under a specified group name.  If
you place or move the entities as one piece to other
designs, create a pattern of the entities.  Then, when you
retrieve the pattern, you can group it, and then move it
as a unit.  Any time you select a grouped entity, you can
select the group, subgroup, or individual entity.

You can create or delete groups, and add or degroup
entities.  You can also list all group names.

In Drawing Layout Mode, you can use EDIT, GROUP only on
layout-specific geometry.

Associated Text Data

CADKEY lets you attach text data to a group by using a
special text file called grp.txt.  The text file holds the
name of a group to reference within a part and up to ten
fields of attached text.  A text field can be up to 60
characters long.  Each field must be separated by a field
delimiter.  A delimiter is a special character that
separates parts in a set of data.  Use a unique character
as a field delimiter and create the text file using any
ASCII editor or word processor.

The following is an example of the basic format for a line
of data.  It uses an asterisk, *, as the delimiter.

grpname * field 1 data * field 2 data * field 3 data *
...field 10 data *

1. After you set the necessary information, access the
   grp.txt data by choosing CADL, GRP TBL.  2.  Retrieve a
   pattern file and group it.  Give it a group filename
   that matches the entry in the grp.txt file.  The
   default group name in the PATTERN function is the
   retrieved pattern name.

To get started with GROUP, choose an option from the
following menu:

MAKE
ADD TO
DEGROUP
DELETE
LIST
7
-1 0 251 # MAKE
-2 0 252 # ADD TO
-3 0 253 # DEGROUP
-4 0 254 # DELETE
-5 0 255 # LIST
-10 0 2 #
-11 0 0 !
26 12 Edit Autoseg
AUTOSEG is CADKEY shorthand for automatic segmentation.
It makes entities or line segments of equal lengths.  You
decide how many segments you want to make and on what
entity CADKEY makes them.

In Drawing Layout Mode, use EDIT, AUTOSEG on
layout-specific geometry only.

Choose an option from the following menu:

ENTS
LINES
5
-1 0 261 # ENTS
-2 0 262 # LINES
-3 0 263 # POINTS
-10 0 2 #
-11 0 0 !
27 82 Edit Spline
SPLINE is a shortcut option.  It changes the shape of an
existing spline, without making you choose all node points
and end conditions again.

-You can move only one node point at a time.

-You can't use the 2-D/3-D construction switch in SPLINE.

-After you select a spline, it stays selected-you can use
all menu options on it.  To select a new spline, choose
BACK-UP until CADKEY prompts you to select a new entity.

In Drawing Layout Mode, use EDIT, SPLINE on
layout-specific geometry only.

Using SPLINE

1. Select the spline you want to change.

2. Choose an option from the following menu:

MOV NOD
CHG END
2D/3D

MOV NOD is CADKEY shorthand for move node.  The option
moves existing node points on a spline.

-When you select the option, CADKEY displays temporary x
markers at each existing node point of the spline.  The
markers make moving the nodes easier.

-To change the plane of the node position, select the
2D/3D option first.  Using MOV NOD

1. Cursor select a node point to move.  CADKEY selects the
   node closest to the position you choose.

2. Use an option from the Position Menu to indicate a new
   position for the selected node point.  CADKEY moves the
   node point to the indicated position and recreates the
   spline, passing through the new node point position.

2-D spline: CADKEY projects the new position for the node
point to the construction plane of the spline, keeping the
spline 2-D.

3-D spline: CADKEY uses the node point's x, y, z world
coordinates.

CHG END is CADKEY shorthand for change endpoint.  The
option changes the end condition of an existing spline for
any of the following purposes:

-To change the size of an existing end tangent vector.

-To change the direction of an existing end tangent
vector.

-To set a new end tangent vector.

-To set a zero curvature to an end.

Using CHG END

1. Select a spline near the end you want to modify.

2. A new menu appears that gives you different end
   conditions for the selected 2-D or 3-D spline.  After
   you select an end condition, CADKEY redraws the spline,
   using the new end-condition data.  All 2-D or 3-D
   settings stay in effect.

2D/3D automatically converts a 2-D spline to 3-D form.
Using 2D/3D helps you when you edit because a spline must
lie within a particular plane.  CADKEY reflects changes
only in the database.  This lets you move nodes if you
want to.  The amount of space in the database
automatically increases to store the spline.

Select the 2-D spline you want to convert.  CADKEY
automatically converts the spline.
2
-10 0 2 #
-11 0 0 !
28 57 Edit Section
SECTION lets you section selected entities in a drawing at
a defined plane.  CADKEY gives you a menu of four ways in
which to section.  The SECTION menu's options include:

TRIM
BREAK
POINTS
DEL/CH

In Drawing Layout Mode, use EDIT, SECTION on
layout-specific geometry only.

Plane Definition Menu

When you work with the SECTION options, you'll work with
the Plane Definition Menu.  This menu defines a plane in
space, using orientation and depth.  Using the Plane
Definition Menu, there are five options to define a plane.
The sections that follow describe the options and how to
use them.

3 PTS defines a plane using three positions in space.  Use
an option from the Position Menu to indicate each point.
You cannot indicate colinear points.

PT/LINE defines a plane using a point or position in space
and the two end points of a selected line entity.

Use an option from the Position Menu to indicate the
chosen position and select a line.

LINES defines a plane using the end points of two lines
and the 3-D intersection-or potential 3-D intersection-of
the lines.  Select two lines that intersect in the same
plane.  You can use a projected intersection.

VW/DEPTH defines a plane using a specified view and depth.

1. Choose a view number and depth in which to define the
   plane.

2. Set depth by entering a value or by indicating a
   position with the Position Menu.

ENTITY defines a plane using a selected line, arc, conic,
or 2-D spline.  The line defines the plane as normal to
the screen, with the same incline as the line projected
onto the screen.  The arc, conic, or spline defines a
plane with the construction plane of a selected entity.
Select the line, arc, conic, or 2-D spline.

After you select the entity, CADKEY displays a temporary
icon showing the orientation of the defined plane.  CADKEY
draws the icon in the current display view; you cannot
work with the icon as you would an entity.  CADKEY uses
the same color attributes that you set for the cursor in
the configuration program.
5
-1 0 281 # TRIM
-2 0 282 # BREAK
-4 0 284 # DEL/CHG,
-10 0 2 #
-11 0 0 !
31 19 Detail Dimensn
DIMENSN is CADKEY shorthand for dimension.  The option
lets you create horizontal, vertical, parallel, radial,
angular, and diametric dimensions in your part.

Choose an option from the following menu:

HORIZTL
VERTICL
PARALEL
RADIUS
ANGULAR
DIAMETER
ORDINAT
SERIAL
CHAMFER

Make sure that you see the "DETAIL" chapter in the
Reference Manual for detailed information and notes on
using this option.
11
-1 0 311 # HORIZTL,
-2 0 312 # VERTICL,
-3 0 313 # PARALEL
-4 0 314 # RADIUS
-5 0 315 # ANGULAR
-6 0 316 # DIAMETR
-7 0 317 # ORDINAT
-8 0 318 # SERIAL
-9 0 319 # CHAMFER
-10 0 3 #
-11 0 0 !
32 26 Detail Note
NOTE lets you add text--notes or comments--to the part.
You can type the text directly from the keyboard or import
it from a file.  To save time, save commonly used notes,
so you can use them again and again.

Choose an option from the following menu:

KEYIN
DISK
FILE
DUMP NT

Keep the following notes in mind:

-If you plan on working with drawing layouts, save your
detailing for Drawing Layout Mode.  If you will not be
working in Drawing Layout Mode, go ahead and detail in
Model Mode.

-If you create a note in Model Mode, and enter Drawing
Layout Mode, the note does not appear.

-If you tag a note to a drawing instance and then align,
scale, rotate, or move the instance, CADKEY also changes
the tagged detail entity.  Notes are automatically tagged
to the current active drawing instance.
6
-1 0 321 # KEYIN
-2 0 322 # DISK
-3 0 323 # FILE
-4 0 324 # DUMP NT
-10 0 3 #
-11 0 0 !
33 52 Detail Label
LABEL creates tags with leaders and arrows for your
drawing.  Leaders are the lines that accompany a
dimension.  You can create up to five arrowhead positions
for each label.

1. Choose DETAIL, LABEL; type the number of arrowheads for
   the label <Enter>, or press <Enter> to accept the
   default.  CADKEY's on-line text editor appears.

2. Type the label text.

Labels can be up to 80 characters long.  If you try to
create a label over 80 characters, CADKEY crops the text
starting from the right.

3. Choose SAVE TX to save the text, or press <Enter>
   twice.

4. Choose an option from the Position Menu to indicate
   where you want to place the text.  The text appears
   on-screen.

CADKEY positions the text according to the note placement
alignment set using DETAIL, SET, TEXT, NOT PLC.

5. Cursor indicate a position for the label's leader on
   the left or right side of the text.  Once you define a
   side, a rubberband line appears.

6. Choose an option from the Position Menu to indicate the
   arrowhead position.  An arrow appears in the direction
   you specified.

Repeat this step depending on the number of arrowheads you
set in step 1.

Keep the following notes in mind:

-UNDO, (Alt)-(I), removes the last label you created
before you start a new one.

-If you plan on working with layouts, save detailing for
Drawing Layout Mode.  If you do not plan on working in
Drawing Layout Mode, go ahead and detail in Model Mode.

-If you create a label in Model Mode, and then enter
Drawing Layout Mode, the label will not appear.

-If you tag a label to a drawing instance and then align,
scale, rotate, or move the instance, CADKEY also changes
the tagged detail entity.  Labels are automatically tagged
to the current active drawing instance.
2
-10 0 3 #
-11 0 0 !
34 36 Detail Arr/wit
ARR/WIT is CADKEY shorthand for arrows and witness lines.
It creates arrows and witness lines using four different
methods: endpoints, string, parallel, and perpendicular.
CADKEY does not link arrows or witness lines with text.
Instead, CADKEY uses them when you create dimensions or
labels with separate text, and for arrow and witness line
entities.

Choose an option from the following menu:

ARROWS
WITNESS

Keep the following notes in mind:

-Arrows appear with the dimension height attributes you
set in SET, TEXT.

-SET assigns display settings to newly created arrow and
witness lines.

-Arrows, witness lines, and all other dimension parts,
show only in their creation view.

-If you plan on working with layouts, save detailing for
Drawing Layout Mode.  If you are not going to be working
in Drawing Layout Mode, go ahead and detail in Model Mode.

-If you create arrow or witness lines in Model Mode and
then enter Drawing Layout Mode, they will not appear.

-If you tag arrow or witness line to a drawing instance
and then align, scale, rotate, or move the instance,
CADKEY also changes the tagged detail entity.  Arrows and
witness lines are automatically tagged to the current
active drawing instance.
4
-1 0 341 # ARROWS
-2 0 342 # WITNESS
-10 0 3 #
-11 0 0 !
35 65 Detail X-hatch
X-HATCH is CADKEY shorthand for cross-hatching.
Cross-hatch styles are line patterns that represent
materials such as copper, glass, or steel.  Each of the
lines in the cross-hatch pattern are known as hatch lines.
Use cross-hatching to fill a specific, enclosed area of
your 2-D model.  When cutting or sectioning a part,
cross-hatching helps you distinguish open space from
material.

If you plan to cross-hatch a 3-D model, you may need to
add some construction geometry to your part for CADKEY to
complete the cross-hatch.

To cross-hatch an entity, choose an option from the
following menu:

CREATE
MODIFY

Keep the following notes in mind:

-You can cross-hatch parts that have overlapping geometry.
Cross-hatching sees intersecting entities that overlap as
one entity.

-You can choose from up to eighteen cross-hatch styles or
customize your own cross-hatch style to suit your needs.
You can also specify the angle and distance between the
lines for each cross-hatch style.

-Use DETAIL, X-HATCH to cross-hatch an entity with both
instance-specific and layout-specific geometry; first turn
on the active instance using INSTANCE, ACTIVE.

-You cannot use the Quick Hatch selection method in
Drawing Layout Mode.

-When you change the location of, align, scale, or rotate
an instance that has cross-hatching in it, the
cross-hatching moves accordingly.

-If the entities are hard to select in the active
instance, use another instance to choose entities for
cross-hatching.

-Cross-hatch entities are view dependent.  Cross-hatching
appears only in the view in which you created it.  If you
change the view of a cross-hatched instance, CADKEY
deletes the cross- hatching.

-If you cross-hatch in Model Mode and then enter Drawing
Layout Mode, your drawing instances won't show the
cross-hatching.

-You can use cross-hatching with any of the following
options:

EDIT, BX MOVE
X-FORM (all options)
CHANGE, ATTRIBUTE (color, pen #)
LEVEL, MOVE
DELETE
FILE, PATTERN
FILE, CADL
DETAIL, UPDATE
4
-1 0 351 # CREATE
-2 0 352 # MODIFY
-10 0 3 #
-11 0 0 !
36 120 Detail Layout
LAYOUT

CADKEY's Drawing Layout Mode is the CADKEY system mode
that you enter when you finish creating a part in Model
Mode and want to detail and position different views, or
drawing instances, of the part in a two-dimensional layout
format.  This means that you can place several
two-dimensional views of a three-dimensional part in one
viewport without having to create and place separate
pattern files of each view.

NOTE: Drawing Layout Mode is also known as DLM and Model
Mode is also known as MM.

When you enter Drawing Layout Mode to create a layout, you
enter a name and description for the layout, a paper size,
and a drawing scale for each instance you want to position
in the layout.  CADKEY must have a drawing layout active,
so when you enter Drawing Layout Mode, you must activate
an existing layout or create a new one.  See the tutorial
in the "Drawing Layout Mode" chapter of this manual for a
hands-on introduction to DLM and its features.

NOTE: From your place at the Main Menu in Model Mode you
can also press (Alt)-(G) to enter Drawing Layout Mode.

The sections that follow tell you how to activate existing
drawing layouts or create new ones.  If one or more
drawing layouts currently exist, see Step 1; if no layouts
currently exist, see Step 3.

1. If two or more drawing layouts currently exist for the
   part file, the Load Layout dialog box appears.  If you
   see the New Layout dialog box instead, see Step 3.

The Load Layout dialog box lets you activate an existing
layout or create a new one.  The information in the
grayed-out area changes as you highlight different layout
names.

2. Position the cursor in the Layout list box and
   highlight the layout that you want to activate; skip to
   Step 8.

   or,

   Click on New to create a new layout.

3. The New Layout dialog box appears:

Fill in some of the blanks in the dialog box.  Enter a
layout name, description, paper size, and drawing scale
size for the new layout.

NOTE: You can move around dialog boxes using a variety of
different methods.

4. Type a name for the new layout.  You can enter a name
   of up to 20 characters.

5. Move to the Description text line and type a
   description for the new layout (optional).  You can
   enter a description of up to 42 characters.

6. Move to the Paper Size list box.  Scroll through the
   different paper sizes and highlight the paper size you
   want.  The list includes the standard American and
   European paper sizes and user-definable paper sizes.
   If you choose KEY-IN, the grayed-out Height and Width
   categories highlight, and you can enter a height and
   width in either inches or millimeters.

After you choose different paper sizes, notice that the
scale entry in the Drawing Scale list box changes
accordingly.

NOTE: You can customize the Paper Size list box entries by
changing your paper.dat file.

7. Move to the Drawing Scale list box.  Scroll through the
   different drawing scale ratios and highlight a drawing
   scale.  If you choose KEY-IN, the grayed-out Actual
   Scale box highlights, and you can enter a value.

CADKEY brings the drawing instances into a layout based on
the scale you enter.  You can modify the drawing scale of
individual drawing instances later using DETAIL, LAYOUT,
INSTANCE, MODIFY, SCALE or all the instances by choosing
DETAIL, LAYOUT, MODIFY.

8. Click on OK to save your changes.

9. If CADKEY prompts you to confirm that you want to load
   the layout, click on OK, or click on Cancel to return
   to the New Layout or Load Layout dialog box without
   saving your changes.

You know that you're in Drawing Layout Mode when the word
"LAYOUT" appears in inverse video in the System Mode Area
of the screen and you see the LAYOUT menu in the Menu
Options Window.

You also see a rectangular, dashed paper boundary
surrounding the layout area.  Its boundaries match the
height and width of the paper size that you defined when
you created the layout.  CADKEY uses the boundary as a
guide, but does not print or plot it.  If you position a
drawing instance so that it overlaps the boundary, you
will not be able to print or plot correctly.

LAYOUT menu options include:

LOAD
MODIFY
DELETE
COPY
INSTANCE
MODELIZE
SET
EXIT
10
-1 0 361 # LOAD
-2 0 362 # MODIFY
-3 0 363 # DELETE
-4 0 364 # COPY
-5 0 365 # INSTANCE
-6 0 366 # MODELIZE
-7 0 367 # SET
-8 0 368 # EXIT,
-10 0 3 #
-11 0 0 !
37 16 Detail Change
CHANGE modifies the attributes that you set for entities,
such as text, dimension values, decimal precision,
tolerances, and dimension scale.  CHANGE lets you modify
entity details without deleting the entity.

Choose an option from the following menu:

TXT ATT
TXT POS
EDIT TX
DIM VAL
DIM REP
WITNESS
ARROWS
TOLER
DIM SCL
11
-1 0 371 # TXT ATT
-2 0 372 # TXT POS
-3 0 373 # EDIT TX
-4 0 374 # DIM VAL
-5 0 375 # DIM REP
-6 0 376 # WITNESS
-7 0 377 # ARROWS
-8 0 378 # TOLER
-9 0 379 # DIM SCL
-10 0 3 #
-11 0 0 !
38 27 Detail Update
UPDATE lets you change drafting entities to the default
you set in DETAIL, SET, TEXT.  You can change the
following attributes:

NOTE and LABEL entities

Height Font Slant Fill

DIMENSION entities

Height Font/Slant/Fill DIM REP Dimension scale Trailing
and leading zeros Tolerance mode; for example, NONE, -/+,
LIMIT Tolerance values Character aspect Units

Keep the following hints in mind:

-Updating attributes such as character height and
character aspect ratio expands or contracts text size.

-Tolerancing does not affect ordinate dimensions.

-For dimension text that you typed in, UPDATE changes the
dimension height and font.

-When updating the dimension scale for linear, radius, and
diameter dimensions, CADKEY applies the current scale
factor to the original dimension value.
2
-10 0 3 #
-11 0 0 !
39 64 Detail Set
SET lets you control such drafting features as text
attributes for note, label, and dimension text, text size
and style for dimensions, notes, and labels, the direction
of arrows, and the placement of witness lines and
dimensions.

When you choose SET, the Set Detail Attributes dialog box
appears.  You can click on radio buttons in the lower
right corner of the dialog box to access features that
affect dimensions, text, tolerancing, and leaders or
witness lines.  When you click on a specific radio button,
the accompanying group's dialog box appears within the
main area of the Set Detail Attributes dialog box.  The
Set Detail Attributes dialog box's default setting is the
Dimension Attributes group setting.

The Dimension Attributes group dialog box lets you
determine the following information for displaying
dimensions:

-the dimension unit of measurement and scale you want you
use.
-automatic or manual creation of dimension text.
-the roundoff value for dimension values.
-automatic dimension value scaling a dimension.
-the display of leading or trailing zeros in dimensions.

The Tolerance Attributes group dialog box lets you set
different aspects about the tolerancing that CADKEY
applies automatically to a dimension.  There are two
separate areas for setting tolerancing standards; one for
linear dimensions and one for angular dimensions.
Although the options within the two areas are identical,
CADKEY keeps them separate because while you may want to,
for example, change the zero representation for angular
dimensions, you may not want to change it for linear
dimensions.  Only the +/- Tol Text Scale option applies to
both linear and angular dimensions once you set it.

The Text Attributes group dialog box lets you determine
the following information for displaying note and
dimension text:

-the note height and character width-to-height ratio of
dimension, note, and label text.
-line spacing and underlining.
-the type of font you want to use and whether you want
CADKEY to fill the font.
-the placement of note, label, and dimension text.

The Leaders/Witness Attributes dialog box lets you set the
direction and style of newly created dimension arrows and
witness lines.  The Leaders/Witness Attributes group
dialog box lets you determine the following information
for displaying dimensions:

-the arrowhead, witness or leader line style.
-the arrowhead or witness line gap.
-whether or not you want to use shortened leader lines
with radial dimensions.
-the direction of dimension arrows.

See the "DETAIL" chapter in the User Reference Manual for
detailed information on this option.
2
-10 0 3 #
-11 0 0 !
41 23 X-form Delta
DELTA translates or shifts entities from one location to
another along a specified vector.

1. Choose an option from the MOVE, COPY, JOIN menu.

2. Use the Selection Menu to select the entities to
   translate.

3. If you use COPY or JOIN, enter the selected number of
   copies and press <Enter>.

4. Type the translation vector and press <Enter>:

        World Coordinates: You see the following prompt:

        dX= dY= dZ=

        View Coordinates: You see the following prompt:

        dXV= dYV= dZV=

5. To indicate a zero value, press <Enter>.  CADKEY
   completes the transformation.
2
-10 0 4 #
-11 0 0 !
42 71 X-form Old-new
OLD-NEW translates and rotates geometry by indicating the
position and orientation of the transformed geometry
relative to that of the original geometry.

You can define the transformation by indicating one, two,
or three positions for both the old and the new geometry.
When defining the new geometry, CADKEY prompts you for as
many positions as you used to define the old geometry.

If you indicate only one position CADKEY does not rotate
the geometry.  CADKEY translates just the vector from the
old position to the new position.

If you indicate two positions, CADKEY translates and
rotates the entities so that the first old position moves
onto the first new position.  CADKEY rotates the line from
the first old position to the second old position about an
axis normal to the construction plane so that it ends up
on top of the line from the first new position to the
second new position.  On top of means from the
construction view's point of view.

If you indicate three positions, CADKEY translates and
rotates the entities so that the first old position moves
onto the first new position.  The line from the first old
position to the second old position moves onto the line
from the first new position to the second new position,
and the plane containing the three old positions moves
onto the plane containing the three new positions.

Using OLD-NEW

1. Choose an option from the MOVE, COPY, JOIN menu.

2. Use the Selection Menu to select the entities to
   transform.

3. If you use COPY or JOIN, enter the number of copies and
   press <Enter>.

4. Use an option from the Position Menu to indicate a base
   position.

One Point

Press <Enter> to define the transformation, using only one
old and one new position.  Use an option from the Position
Menu to indicate the new base position.  CADKEY completes
the transformation.

Two Points

Use an option from the Position Menu to indicate a base
position.  Use an option from the Position Menu to
indicate the first direction point.  Press <Enter> to
define the transformation, using two old and two new
positions.  Use an option from the Position Menu to
indicate the new base position.  Then use an option from
the Position Menu to indicate the first new direction
point.  CADKEY completes the transformation.

Three Points

Use an option from the Position Menu to indicate a base
position.  Use an option from the Position Menu to
indicate the first direction point.  Repeat the step for
the second direction point.  Use an option from the
Position Menu to indicate the new base position.  Use an
option from the Position Menu to indicate the first new
direction point.  Repeat the step for the second new
direction point.  CADKEY completes the transformation.
2
-10 0 4 #
-11 0 0 !
43 38 X-form Rotate
ROTATE revolves geometry about a specified axis by a given
number of degrees.

-A positive rotation angle rotates the entities
counter-clockwise as if the rotational axis is
perpendicular to the screen.

-An axis defined by two positions points from the first
position to the second.

-An axis defined by one position points in the direction
of the construction view's z axis.

1. Choose an option from the MOVE, COPY, JOIN menu.

2. If you choose JOIN, choose an option from the following
   menu:

        LINES uses lines as the joining entities.

        ARCS uses arcs as the joining entities.

3. Use the Selection Menu to select the entities to
   rotate.

4. If you chose COPY or JOIN, enter the number of copies
   <Enter>.

5. Define the base for the vector.  Use an option from the
   Position Menu to indicate a position on the rotational
   axis.

6. Indicate another position on the rotational axis, or
   press <Enter> to make the axis normal to the
   construction plane.

7. Type, in degrees, the rotation angle <Enter>.  CADKEY
   completes the transformation.
2
-10 0 4 #
-11 0 0 !
44 15 X-form Scale
SCALE increases or decreases the size of selected entities
by changing the entity data.

-You cannot use scale factors of zero.

-To increase the size of a drawing on the screen, without
changing the coordinates, use DISPLAY, ZOOM.  For more
information about DISPLAY, ZOOM, see "ZOOM" in the
"DISPLAY" chapter of the Reference Manual.

Choose an option from the following menu:

FULL
UNIDIR
AXES
5
-1 0 441 # FULL
-2 0 442 # UNIDIR
-3 0 443 # AXES
-10 0 4 #
-11 0 0 !
45 16 X-form Mirror
MIRROR reflects geometry across a plane.  CADKEY does not
prompt you for the number of copies when you use this
X-FORM option.

1. Choose an option from the MOVE, COPY, JOIN menu.

2. Use the Selection Menu to select the entities you want
   to mirror.

3. Define the mirroring plane by selecting an option from
   the following menu:

1 PT H
1 PT V
2 PTS
PLANE
6
-1 0 451 # 1 PT H
-2 0 452 # 1 PT V
-3 0 453 # 2 PTS
-4 0 454 # PLANE
-10 0 4 #
-11 0 0 !
46 14 X-form Project
PROJECT projects geometry onto a specified plane along a
specified vector.

-CADKEY does not prompt you for the number of copies
because more than one copy just recreates the selected
entities on top of the first copy.

-With PROJECT, SKEWED, the projection direction cannot be
parallel to the projection plane.

Choose an option from the following menu:

NORMAL
SKEWED
4
-1 0 461 # NORMAL
-2 0 462 # SKEWED
-10 0 4 #
-11 0 0 !
47 49 X-form Hlx-rot
HLX-ROT is CADKEY shorthand for helical rotation.  The
option rotates geometry about a specified axis by a given
number of degrees and then translates it, by a specified
length, parallel to the axis.

-A positive rotation angle rotates the selected entities
counter-clockwise from the point of view of the person to
whom rotational axis points.

-An axis defined by two positions points from the first
position to the second.

-An axis defined by one position points in the direction
of the construction view's z axis.

Using HLX ROT

1. Choose an option from the MOVE, COPY, JOIN menu.  If
   you use JOIN, choose the LINES or SPLINES option.

LINES uses lines as the joining entities.

SPLINES uses helical splines as the joining entities.

2. Use the Selection Menu to select the entities to
   transform.

3. If you use COPY or JOIN, enter the selected number of
   copies and press.

4. Define the base of the vector.  Use an option from the
   Position Menu to indicate a position on the rotational
   axis.

5. Indicate another position on the rotational axis, or
   press <Enter> to make the axis normal to the
   construction plane.

6. Enter, in degrees, the rotation angle and press
   <Enter>.

7. Enter the pitch value in number of turns for unit
   length and press <Enter>.

The higher the value the more rotations within a defined
unit of length.  The length of the translation vector used
on the selected entities is the rotation angle, divided by
360 degrees, divided by the pitch.  In other words, CADKEY
completes the transformation.
2
-10 0 4 #
-11 0 0 !
48 40 X-form C-array
C-ARRAY is CADKEY shorthand for circular array.  The
option rotates geometry about a defined axis by a given
number of degrees while maintaining its original
orientation.

-A positive rotation angle rotates the selected entities
counter-clockwise from the point of view of the person to
whom rotational axis points.

-An axis defined by two positions points from the first
position to the second.

-An axis defined by one position points in the direction
of the construction view's z axis.

Using C-ARRAY

1. Choose an option from the MOVE, COPY, JOIN menu.

2. Use the Selection Menu to select the entities to
   transform.

If you use COPY or JOIN, enter the selected number of
copies and press <Enter>.

3. Define the base for the vector.  Use an option from the
   Position Menu to indicate a position on the rotational
   axis.

4. Indicate another position on the rotational axis, or
   press <Enter> to have the axis normal to the
   construction plane.

5. Use an option from the Position Menu to indicate a base
   position.  CADKEY rotates the base position about the
   indicated axis by the rotation angle.  Everything else
   keeps its relationship to the original base point.

6. Enter, in degrees, the rotational angle <Enter>.CADKEY
   finishes the rotation.
2
-10 0 4 #
-11 0 0 !
51 35 Files Part
PART files are what CADKEY uses to store all of the
information about your part or drawing.  Part files can
have any 3 character alphanumeric filename extension.  The
default filename extension for part files is .prt and the
default path for part files is \prt.  unless you have
specified otherwise in your CONFIG.DAT file.  Data stored
in a part file includes:

-All geometrical data about the part or drawing

-All non-graphical attributes, for example, line type,
list, view descriptors, copious data

-Your part or drawing's attributes, for example, color,
line type

-Views

-Drawing Layout Mode information

Each part file is an independent object.  Part files
function independently of each other.  What this means in
plain English is that you cannot merge one part file with
another.  Part files created with version 5.0 or greater
of CADKEY are compatible with the current version.  Part
files created with version 4 or earlier must be made
compatible with the current version of CADKEY.  Use
CADUTIL to convert part or pattern files to the current
version.

Choose an option from the following menu:

SAVE
LOAD
LIST/LD
5
-1 0 511 # SAVE
-2 0 512 # LOAD
-3 0 513 # LIST/LD
-10 0 5 #
-11 0 0 !
52 39 Files Pattern
PATTERN

Whenever you use the same symbols or entities over and
over again in your parts or design, it's a good idea to
save the symbols or entities as pattern files.  A pattern
file can contain geometric or dimensioning entities.
Pattern files are like libraries of frequently used
information that you can retrieve and then merge into your
part.  Whenever you need the pattern file, you can just
load it into your part.  Each pattern file is separate
from the part file.  You can save a pattern file with any
3 character alphanumeric extension.  The default filename
extension for pattern files is .ptn.  The default path for
pattern files is \ptn.  unless you have specified
otherwise in your CONFIG.DAT file.

You can perform the following operations on a pattern
file:

-Retrieve

-Rotate

-Scale

-Position it in a drawing

DLM Note: In Drawing Layout Mode, you can use FILES,
PATTERN, CREATE with layout-specific geometry only.
Modelize instance-specific geometry first.  To use borders
in Drawing Layout Mode, create a border and save it as a
pattern file.  When you enter DLM, load the border by
choosing FILES, PATTERN, RETRIEV.

Choose an option from the following menu:

CREATE
RETRIEV
LIST/RTV
5
-1 0 521 # CREATE
-2 0 522 # RETRIEV
-3 0 523 # LIST/RTV
-10 0 5 #
-11 0 0 !
53 15 Files Plot
PLOT

CADKEY uses plot files to plot off-line.  To use CADKEY's
PLOTFAST program, save a part file as a plot file.  These
files work only with PLOTFAST and RPLOT.  If you plot
on-line, you don't have to create a plot file.  Always
save the file as a part file before saving it as a plot
file.  The default filename extension for plot files is
.plt.  The default path for plot files is \plt.  unless
you have specified otherwise in your CONFIG.DAT file.

Choose an option from the following menu:

SAVE
LIST
4
-1 0 531 # SAVE
-2 0 532 # LIST
-10 0 5 #
-11 0 0 !
54 26 Files Cadl
CADL

CADL stands for CADKEY Advanced Design Language.  With
CADL, you can save an ASCII file of the database
information associated with the entities in your part.
The default filename extension for ASCII CADL files is
cdl.  The default path name for CADL files is \cdl unless
you have specified otherwise in your CONFIG.DAT file.

You can use CADL to take CADKEY part file information and
export it to applications such as CADKEY ANALYSIS or to
import information into a CADKEY part file from other
applications such as CUTTING EDGE or CADKEY ANALYSIS.

DLM Note: In Drawing Layout Mode, use FILES, CADL, OUTPUT
with layout-specific geometry only.  If you need to output
just instance-specific geometry or a combination of
layout- and instance-specific geometry to a CADL file,
modelize first.

Choose an option from the following menu:

OUTPUT
EXECUTE
BINEXEC
LIST/EXE
6
-1 0 541 # OUTPUT
-2 0 542 # EXECUTE
-3 0 543 # BIN EXEC
-4 0 544 # LIST/EXE
-10 0 5 #
-11 0 0 !
55 197 Files Macros
MACROS

Macros let you execute frequently used commands and
lengthy command sequences with a few simple keystrokes or
mouse clicks.  Using macros can improve your efficiency
and productivity.  For example, if you make a macro that
executes DELETE, SELECT, ALL DSP, ALL when you press one
or two keys, clearing the screen is easy.  All you do is
press the key or keys that you assigned to the macro and
you're done.

A macro is a sequence of CADKEY commands that you have
recorded and stored in a macro library.  Each macro
library can have the names and data for as many as 400
different macros.  As described in the following sections,
Immediate Mode commands and FILES menu options offer
simple means for creating, storing, and executing macros.

The default macro filename extension is mac; the default
macro path name is \mac unless you have specified
otherwise in setting your CONFIG.DAT file.  The default
macro library is cadkey.mac; the default macro is startup.

Preassigned Immediate Mode Commands for Macros

Command       Macro Function

(Ctrl)-(E)    Executing a macro.
(Ctrl)-(J)    Entering and exiting RECORD mode.
(Ctrl)-(K)    Entering and exiting PAUSE mode.
(Ctrl)-(O)    Overriding a standard prompt or user prompt.

Keys You Cannot Assign to a Macro

When you assign keys or key sequences to run macro files,
you can't use the following keys:

F1-F10
PgUp
Esc
PgDn

Opening a Macro Library

CADKEY stores macros in macro libraries.  Before executing
a macro, you must open the library where the macro is
saved.  When you create macros, load the library where you
want the macro to reside.

Loading or Opening the Default Macro Library

Option 7), Set automatic file loading options, in the
configuration program's Main Menu, lets you choose the
name of a macro library you want automatically loaded each
time you start CADKEY.

Loading a Different Macro Library When you are in CADKEY,
you can open a macro library at any time by choosing
FILES, MACROS, LIBRARY, LOAD.  When CADKEY prompts you,
type the name of the macro library and press <Enter>.

Creating a Macro

(Ctrl)-(J)

To record a macro, all you do is perform specific
functions while in the MACRO RECORD mode.  You know you're
in record mode when the word RECORD appears in the System
Mode area of the main CADKEY screen.

When recording a macro, you can temporarily pause the
RECORD mode while selecting a part or entering a value.
PAUSE interrupts execution of the macro and prompts you
for information.  (Ctrl)-(K) is the Immediate Mode command
for PAUSE.

While you are in PAUSE, you also can create a prompt that
overrides the prompt usually displayed for the current
option.

If the macro library you want is open, create a macro in
CADKEY at any time, by following these steps:

1. Choose RECORD.  Press (Ctrl)-(J) to enter or exit macro
   record mode.  When you create a macro, the mode you are
   in appears in the upper left corner of the screen.

2. Enter a macro name and press <Enter>.  If a macro with
   that name already exists, CADKEY asks you whether you
   want to replace the existing macro.

3. To ensure that the macro always starts to run at the
   Main Menu, press (Esc) four times.

4. Execute the sequence of commands you want to record.
   If CADKEY prompts you to enter data at any point in the
   sequence, decide whether your macro uses a set value
   or whether it lets you input data.  If you stay in
   RECORD, CADKEY sees your input as part of the macro.
   To input data while the macro executes, use the PAUSE,
   as described in "Pausing for Input," which follows.

5. When the command sequence for your macro is complete,
   exit RECORD by pressing (Ctrl)-(J).

Pausing for Input

(Ctrl)-(K)

While you create a macro, CADKEY saves each keystroke.  To
allow different input data-to indicate a position, to
select a part, or to enter a value-interrupt RECORD by
choosing PAUSE.  Insert a PAUSE anywhere in your macro
where you want CADKEY to stop and ask you for information.

1. To suspend recording the macro temporarily, go into
   PAUSE by pressing (Ctrl)-(K).You can customize the
   prompt that displays while you are in PAUSE mode.

2. To create a message that overrides the prompt when the
   macro executes, use the User Prompt command,
   (Ctrl)-(O), and type the new prompt.

3. If a default value appears in the prompt, you can still
   display it in your customized message.  Include one of
   the following format settings where you want your
   default value to appear.

Format Setting Represents

-Integer data
-Floating point data
-String data

For example, CADKEY shows the default value in a prompt
for the radius of a circle as the format setting.  The
PMPTS.TXT file lists all of the CADKEY prompts.

4. When you are ready to end text input for your
   customized prompt, press <Enter>.

5. Answer the system prompts.

6. Exit PAUSE and continue recording your macro.

Starting a Macro

(Ctrl)-(E)

You can bind a macro to a key on your keyboard, or to a
column or row position on your digitizing tablet.  When
you bind a macro to your keyboard, you assign it to a
specific set of keys.  Whenever you press these keys in
the correct combination, CADKEY starts the macro.  You can
find detailed procedures for creating, storing, and
managing the binding files with the key assignments in
"FILES, MACROS, BINDING" in this chapter.

If you open the correct macro library and binding file,
you can start a macro in CADKEY at any time by using one
of the following methods:

1. Start a macro, (Ctrl)-(E), and enter its name.

2. Press the key you assigned to the macro.

3. Choose the tablet column and row position that you
   assigned to the macro.

4. Choose FILES, MACROS, LIBRARY, LST/EXE and cursor
   select the macro.

5. Choose a menu option for a macro that you added to the
   system menu structure using EXEORDER.TXT, PMPTS.TXT,
   and MENUS.TXT.

More on Macros

-When starting a macro, CADKEY lists the current mode,
PLAY, RECORD or PAUSE, in the upper left corner of the
screen.

-In PAUSE, you can enter data the system requests, or use
any Immediate Mode commands.

-You can stop the macro by pressing (Esc) or BACK-UP.
Exception: If you use the POLAR or DELTA options of the
Position Menu, choosing BACK-UP does not stop the macro.

MACROS let you perform with only a few keystrokes
functions that may normally require many keystrokes.
CADKEY lets you create specific macros for your needs.

Choose an option from the following menu:

LIBRARY
BINDING
4
-1 0 551 # LIBRARY
-2 0 552 # BINDING
-10 0 5 #
-11 0 0 !
56 35 Files Cde
CDE

The CDE option lets you load and use CDEs, either those
you or your company created, CDEs from third-party
developers, or CDEs from CADKEY.  CDE stands for CADKEY
Dynamic Extensions.  CDEs are applications that run inside
CADKEY to increase functionality or give you special
features, such as special drafting functions or a set of
templates for creating flowcharts.

A CDE can contain many different functions that you can
execute individually.

-Make sure the default names and paths are set for CDE's
you want CADKEY to open at startup.  The default filename
extension for CDE files is .cde.  The default path for CDE
files is cde unless you have specified otherwise in
setting your CONFIG.DAT file.

-The CDE options use a mix of menu options, prompts, and
dialog boxes.

-The default CDE is the last CDE you worked with during
the current work session.

-You can have multiple CDEs open at the same time.

There are six CDE menu options:

OPEN
LIST/OPN
CLOSE
LIST/CLS
EXECUTE
LIST/EXE
8
-1 0 561 # OPEN
-2 0 562 # LIST/OPN
-3 0 563 # CLOSE
-4 0 564 # LIST/CLS
-5 0 565 # EXECUTE
-6 0 566 # LIST/EXE
-10 0 5 #
-11 0 0 !
57 17 Files Db draw
DB DRAW

DB DRAW is CADKEY shorthand for database draw.  It
controls the order in which CADKEY searches the database
when you access entities from the database.  Use DB in the
Status Window to set DB DRAW.  The default is FORWARD.

Choose an option from the following menu:

BACK
FORWARD

BACK searches the database from the last entity created to
the first entity created.

FORWARD searches the database from the first entity
created to the last entity created.
2
-10 0 5 #
-11 0 0 !
58 71 Files Translat
TRANSLAT

DWG* and DXF* are bi-directional data translators that let
you easily move data between CADKEY or CUTTING EDGE and
AutoCAD*.  The DWG format is an unpublished binary file
format from AutoCAD; the dwg and dxf files are equivalent
to a CADKEY or CUTTING EDGE part (prt) file.  DXF is the
acronym for drawing exchange format.

You can import an AutoCAD drawing into CADKEY or CUTTING
EDGE and then work with that file as a part file or as an
AutoCAD drawing file.  Also, you can export a CADKEY or
CUTTING EDGE part file, or an imported AutoCAD DWG or DXF
file to AutoCAD, and then work with the file in AutoCAD.

A data translator has three primary functions: importing
the data in one format; converting the data into another
format; and then exporting the converted data.  When you
translate data, an important consideration is how much of
the original file remains after translation, and how much
clean up and editing is necessary after translation.  The
DWG and DXF translators are transparent translations
between CADKEY and AutoCAD.  There are a few limitations
about how DWG and DXF translate or support some entities
DWG and DXF have the same system requirements as CADKEY.

You installed the DWG and DXF translators automatically
when you installed CADKEY.  The DWG and DXF translators
are CDEs (CADKEY Dynamic Extensions).

Using DWG and DXF

1. Choose FILES from the CADKEY Main Menu.

2. Choose TRANSLAT from the FILES menu.  A Choose file
   translation option prompt appears.

3. Depending on which type of file you want to import or
   export, choose DWG or DXF from the TRANSLAT menu.  A
   message displaying the loading status of the DWG or DXF
   CDE module flashes on the screen.

4. The DWG or DXF menu appears.  You can choose the
   following options:

IMPORT brings in a DWG or DXF file from AutoCAD to CADKEY
so you can work with it as either a CADKEY part file or an
AutoCAD drawing.

EXPORT sends a CADKEY part file or imported AutoCAD
drawing to AutoCAD.

OPTION lets you set file import or export options, such
as:

-How you want the translator to handle files with more
than 255 levels.

-How you want to import line types.

-How you want to import text.

-The entity import format.

-The AutoCAD release file format you want to use to
export your part file.

-Chord height tolerance.

-Whether the translator exports the imported XRef with
the file.
2
-10 0 5 #
-11 0 0 !
61 15 Display Redraw
REDRAW cleans up or rebuilds the display.  It eliminates
all broken lines and reference markers left behind when
you create and edit parts.

-If you display only one viewport, CADKEY does a redraw
when you select REDRAW or press (Ctrl)-(R).

-If you use more than one viewport, select a single
viewport to redraw or press <Enter> to redraw all of the
viewports.

-REDRAW eliminates all temporary markers.

-Use your interrupt key, Esc, to stop a redraw at any
time.
2
-10 0 6 #
-11 0 0 !
62 28 Display Pan
PAN redefines the center of a selected viewport.  The
result looks like the viewport shifts relative to the
part.

-Use PAN when you don't want to alter coordinate data; for
example, when you view different parts of a zoomed drawing
so you can add detail.

-PAN is modal or repetitive.

1. Use one of the following methods to select a new center
   position for the viewport:

Move the cursor to a location and press the (Spacebar) or
cursor button.  Press the (Spacebar) to enter the x, y
coordinate values for a new center position and press
<Enter>.

or;

A box the size of the viewport attaches itself to the
cursor to show the viewport position.  The cross-hair
cursor now stands for the center of the part.  As you move
the cursor box, CADKEY scans the part.

2. The part repositions in the viewport.

3. Press <Enter> to accept this new position.
2
-10 0 6 #
-11 0 0 !
63 71 Display Zoom
ZOOM lets you control the scale, how close the part
appears to you when you view it.  ZOOM options change only
the display of the part, not the part data.

HALF reduces the part display to one-half its current
size.

Cursor select a viewport to scale, or press <Enter> to
scale all viewports.  CADKEY reduces the part to one-half
its size.

DOUBLE increases or zooms your part display to twice its
current size.  Cursor select a viewport to scale, or
<Enter> to scale all viewports.  CADKEY enlarges the part
to twice the current scale.

SCALE increases or decreases the displayed size of a part
using a relative scale factor and a new center position.
Also, you can use S: in the Status Window to set the
current scale.

Note: You cannot select all displayed viewports at once.

1. Cursor select a viewport.

2. Enter a new scale factor for reducing or enlarging the
   displayed part.  The current scale factor for the part
   displays on the prompt line.  The section that follows
   describes the scale factor values:
   
   Scale Factor    Function
   f > 1           enlarges part
   0 < f < 1       shrinks part

For example, a scale factor of 2 scales the displayed part
to twice its current size, while a factor of .5 scales the
displayed part to one-half its current size.

3. After you set a scale factor, select a new center
   position for the part, or press <Enter> to accept the
   current center position.  CADKEY scales the part
   relative to its current size using the new center
   position and the new scale factor.

WINDOW lets you select a portion of a part you want to
enlarge by putting a rubberband box around it.  CADKEY
expands the boxed area so it fills the entire screen.

1. Cursor indicate the first corner of the window.

2. Surround an area with the rubberband box by moving the
   cursor horizontally and vertically.

3. After you surround the area completely, press the
   (Spacebar) or the cursor button.  The window and its
   contents expand to fill the viewport.

AUTO is CADKEY shorthand for autoscale.  It scales the
entire working part so it fits on screen.  Cursor indicate
a viewport or <Enter> to select them all.  CADKEY scales
the part to the size of your viewport.

DLM Note: When you autoscale, (Alt)-(A), in Drawing Layout
Mode, CADKEY autoscales according to the paper boundary
you define.

BACK-1 returns you to the last displayed scaled version of
the part.

CADKEY keeps one display scale in memory.  Select BACK-1
to move back and forth between scales.
2
-10 0 6 #
-11 0 0 !
64 44 Display View
VIEW changes the view point of your model.  When you
display more than one viewport, CADKEY prompts you to
select a viewport to work in for each option.  VIEW lets
you reset or create display views.

TOP
FRONT
BACK
BOTTOM
RIGHT
LEFT
ISOMETRIC
AXONOMETRIC

As you define and store a view, CADKEY adds it to its list
and gives it the next available view number in the
database.  Because eight views already exist, CADKEY
assigns view number nine to the next view you set and
store.  After that, CADKEY assigns 10, 11, and so on.

If you press (Alt)-(V) in Drawing Layout Mode, CADKEY lets
you select an active instance or turn off the current
active instance.

General Operation

When you choose VIEW, CADKEY prompts you to enter a
current view number or to create or save a new view.

CADKEY does not store views you create automatically.  You
have to SAVE a view unless you select a planar entity to
define the new view.

Center the new view in the viewport by choosing AUTOSCALE
or pressing (Alt)-(A).

Choose an option from the following menu:

VPORT
ENTITY
NEW
SAVE
RENAME
LIST
8
-1 0 641 # VPORT
-2 0 642 # ENTITY
-3 0 643 # NEW
-4 0 644 # SAVE
-5 0 645 # RENAME
-6 0 646 # LIST
-10 0 6 #
-11 0 0 !
65 20 Display Vwports
VWPORTS is CADKEY shorthand for viewports.  A viewport is
the space on your screen that displays your drawing.  It
can vary in size and shape.  Your part and all of its
pieces cannot extend past the boundaries of the viewport.

-You can't overlap viewports.

-Set the maximum number of viewports in the configuration
program.

DLM Note: CADKEY disables DISPLAY, VWPORTS in Drawing
Layout Mode.

Choose an option from the following menu:

ADD
REMOVE
MOVE
RESIZE
AUTO SET
7
-1 0 651 # ADD
-2 0 652 # REMOVE
-3 0 653 # MOVE
-4 0 654 # RESIZE
-5 0 655 # AUTO SET
-10 0 6 #
-11 0 0 !
66 58 Display Levels
LEVELS lets you separate a part into different overlays or
layers.  You can then move each overlay or layer
individually or with other layers.  Here's what LEVELS
helps you do:

-Specify or change level assignments at any time.

-Turn on or off the display of any level or combination of
levels.

-Move or copy entities from one level to another by
selecting an entity, or choosing a level.

Use levels in a drawing where you have dimensions and
geometric entities.  Create geometric entities on one
level, and create the dimension text on another level.  By
turning each level on or off, you can choose which
dimensions or entities you want to display.  Choose a
level to store unwanted or hidden lines, and turn on that
level when you need it.

-Make sure you have enough storage space on your disk and
enough RAM for this function.

-If you don't display the active level, CADKEY adds it to
the system's display list of levels.  Hiding some levels
helps you separate a drawing into layers that you can
display, plot, and work on separately.

-There are 256 levels.  Do not use level 256 to store
entities.

-To select from several active levels, use level masking.

The LEVELS menu options are:

ACTIVE
ADD
REMOVE
MOVE
LIST
MASK
NAME

Entering Levels

Before you work with ACTIVE, ADD, or REMOVE, you need to
know how to enter levels.  Follow the steps below:

1. Set more than one level by using one of the following
   methods: Use commas to separate each level number; for
   example, 1, 2, 10.  Use a hyphen or dash to designate a
   series of levels; for example, 3-12, 14-20.  Use a
   combination of these methods to set more than one group
   of levels; for example, 1, 2, 3-7, 10.

2. Enter the level <Enter>.  The screen redraws, adding or
   removing all the levels you chose.
9
-1 0 661 # ACTIVE
-2 0 662 # ADD
-3 0 663 # REMOVE
-4 0 664 # MOVE
-5 0 665 # LIST
-6 0 666 # MASK
-7 0 667 # NAME
-10 0 6 #
-11 0 0 !
67 18 Display Grd/snap
GRD/SNAP lets you move your cursor a set distance.  A grid
is a set of points that crisscross at 90 degree angles.
Each time you move your cursor, it jumps the amount you
specify in GRD INC.  GRD/SNAP lets you move objects at a
set distance, place points at set positions, and place
text at particular points just by moving your cursor and
placing the object using an option from the Position Menu.

Choose an option from the following menu:

GRID DSP
GRID INC
GRID ALN
GRID=SNP
SNAP OPT
SNAP INC
SNAP ALN
SNAP=GRD
10
-1 0 671 # GRID DSP
-2 0 672 # GRID INC
-3 0 673 # GRD ALN
-4 0 674 # GRID=SNP
-5 0 675 # SNAP OPT
-6 0 676 # SNAP INC
-7 0 677 # SNAP ALN
-8 0 678 # SNAP=GRD
-10 0 6 #
-11 0 0 !
68 28 Display Axes
AXES

Choose an option from the following menu:

DISP VW is CADKEY shorthand for display view.  It turns
the display view icon on and off.  The icon appears in the
lower-left corner of the viewport, and represents the x,
y, z coordinate axes of the current display view.  Set the
default in the configuration program.

-The icon is not an entity or data; it is a prompt, just
like a grid point or the cursor.

-CADKEY draws every axis but one as solid lines.  An axis
that points away from you appears as a dashed line.

CONST VW is CADKEY shorthand for construction view.  This
icon, located in the upper-right corner of the viewport,
represents the x, y, z coordinate axes of the current
construction plane.  Set the default in the configuration
program.  The icon appears only if the construction plane
is different from the current view.

-The icon is not an entity or data; it is a prompt, just
like a grid point or the cursor.

-CADKEY draws every axis but one as solid lines.  An axis
that points away from you appears as a dashed line.
2
-10 0 6 #
-11 0 0 !
69 11 Display Cursor
CURSOR allows you to control the movement of your screen
cursor.  A cursor is an on-screen indicator that matches
your mouse movement.  Wherever you move your mouse or
digitizer, the cursor matches the moves on-screen.  You
can control different elements of the cursur using the
methods described below.

Choose an option from the following menu:

TRACKING
DIGITIZE
4
-1 0 691 # TRACKING
-2 0 692 # DIGITIZE
-10 0 6 #
-11 0 0 !
71 17 Control Verify
VERIFY options let you check data on existing entities.
You can display current attributes, coordinates,
distances, or angle assignments for the entities you
select.

Note: Remember VERIFY only displays entity data to the
fourth decimal place.

DLM Notes: In Drawing Layout Mode, you can use the
following CONTROL, VERIFY options on layout- specific
geometry only.

MOMENT
CONIC

You can select only layout-specific geometry when using
OUT/FIL.
11
-1 0 711 # ATTRIB
-2 0 712 # COORD
-3 0 713 # DIST
-4 0 714 # ANGLE
-5 0 715 # PERIM
-6 0 716 # AREA/CN
-7 0 717 # MOMENT
-8 0 718 # CONIC
-9 0 719 # POSITN
-10 0 7 #
-11 0 0 !
72 15 Control Attrib
ATTRIB lets you change the attributes for selected
entities such as line type, line width, color, and pen
number.

DLM Notes: Before you use the ATTRIB options on
instance-specific geometry, set an active instance.

To use the ATTRIB options on layout-specific geometry,
turn off the active instance.

When you choose ATTRIB, the following menu appears:

CURRENT
CHANGE
OUT/FIL
5
-1 0 721 # CURRENT
-2 0 722 # CHANGE
-3 0 723 # OUT/FIL
-10 0 7 #
-11 0 0 !
73 3 Control Const
CONST is CADKEY shorthand for construction.  Construction
lets you build new construction planes, save construction
planes, or turn the planes on or off.
6
-1 0 731 # PLANE
-2 0 732 # DEPTH
-3 0 733 # 2D/3D
-4 0 734 # L-LIMIT
-10 0 7 #
-11 0 0 !
74 2 Control Coords
COORDS is CADKEY shorthand for coordinates.  It allows you
to set VIEW or WORLD coordinates.
4
-1 0 741 # VIEW
-2 0 742 # WORLD
-10 0 7 #
-11 0 0 !
75 5 Control Status
STATUS shows the amount of memory left for data storage in
kilobytes.  A pop-up menu appears showing the disk space
left in the disk storage area.  Choose and set the
directory that you need information about in the temporary
storage area path in the configuration program.
2
-10 0 7 #
-11 0 0 !
76 125 Control Print
PRINT sends a graphical image of a model to an installed
printer or to a file.

-CADKEY prints entities onscreen within the selected
viewport only.

-Set default values to PRINT in the configuration program.

-Make sure your printer is on before you start to print.

The Printer Setup Dialog Box

When you choose PRINT, CADKEY displays the Printer Setup
dialog box.  The sections that follow tell you how to set
up your printer using the Printer Setup dialog box.  Keep
your printer manual handy for information on your specific
printer.

Printer lets you choose a printer from the Printer list
box.  The list of printers is the same as the entries in
the printcap file.  Position the cursor in the Printer
list box and highlight the printer that you want.

Resolution lets you define the clarity of detail for your
printer.  Choose from one of the three radio buttons for
the resolution of the printer:

LOW
MEDIUM
HIGH

Type lets you define the color that your printer supports.
If you select a printer that supports black and white
only, CADKEY grays-out both the Color and B&W radio
buttons, and activates the B&W radio button automatically.
If you have a printer that supports color, you can choose
either B&W or Color.  Position the cursor in the Type box
and click on one of the color options for your specific
printer.  file.  Position the cursor in the Port list box
and highlight the port to which you want to print.

COM1
COM2
LPT1
LPT2
LPT3
FILE

If you are printing through a network, highlight FILE.
Type the port name in the text box just below FILE.

The Paper Min and Paper Max text boxes let you define the
print origin.  Use Paper Min to define the origin location
of the paper.

1. Position the cursor in the Paper Min text box and type
   the values for the x and y minimum dimensions of the
   paper.

2. Move to the Paper Max text box and type the values for
   the x and y maximum dimensions of the paper.

If you're working in Drawing Layout Mode, the default
paper sizes that CADKEY displays in the Paper Min and
Paper Max text boxes match the paper size you set for the
current layout.

The Portrait radio button lets you set the paper
orientation to a vertical print.

The Landscape radio button lets you set the paper
orientation to a horizontal print.

Drag Point

You can customize where you place the cursor in reference
to where you want to position the paper for your print.
When you finish setting up the printer in the Printer
Setup dialog box, CADKEY prompts you to indicate a
placement for the paper.  CADKEY then displays a
rectangular highlighted paper border known as a drag box.
Its boundaries match the paper size you set in the Printer
Setup dialog box.  You use the drag point to define the
point from which you move or drag the paper to any
location in the current viewport.

Note: When you position the drag box for paper placement,
make sure you position all the entities you want to print
inside the box.  CADKEY does not print any entities that
lie outside the boundaries of the drag box.

Ready, Set, Go Now that you finished making the necessary
changes in the Printer Setup dialog box, you are ready to
begin printing.

1. To save your changes and begin printing, click on OK or
   press <Enter> in the Printer Setup dialog box.

2. CADKEY prompts you to indicate a placement for the
   paper.  Use the Position Menu to indicate a placement
   for the paper.  You see a rectangular, highlighted
   paper boundary.  Its boundaries match the paper size
   you

set in the Printer Setup dialog box.  Notice that you can
drag the box to any location in the current viewport.

or;

Press <Enter> and CADKEY centers the paper automatically.

Note: When you position the drag box for paper placement,
make sure you place all the entities you want to print
inside the box.  CADKEY does not print any entities that
lie outside the boundaries of the drag box.

3. A prompt appears asking you to align the top of the
   paper with the printer head.  Make sure your printer is
   set up properly.  Keep your printer manual handy for
   information on your specific printer.  When you are
   ready to begin printing, press <Enter>.

4. CADKEY begins printing.  To stop printing at anytime,
   press (Esc).  When you finish printing, press (Esc) to
   return to the Main Menu.
2
-10 0 7 #
-11 0 0 !
77 312 Control Plot
PLOT lets you configure all plotting parameters from
inside CADKEY.  Options set for on-line plotting do not
affect the defaults you set in the configuration program.

PLOT sends entities to a selected plotter, using either
automatic scaling factors and x, y offsets, or plotting
scale value, rotation angle, and x, y offset values that
you enter.  Use CADKEY's Selection Menu to choose the
entities you want to plot.

-Set plot defaults such as plotter type and paper size in
the configuration program.

-When you set a plotting parameter inside CADKEY, you lose
that parameter's previous value for the current work
session.

-Curve tolerance factor values must be greater than or
equal to 1.0.

-When autoscale plotting, setting soft clip limits defines
a maximum plotting area.  Check your plotter manual for
more information on clipping limits.

-You can set the plot rotation angle to be within 1360
degrees.

-Optimize plotting reduces plotting time in Drawing Layout
Mode because it removes overlapping geometry.

1. After you choose CONTROL, PLOT, use the Selection Menu
   to choose the entities to plot.  The Plotter Setup
   dialog box appears.

2. You can use the Plotter Setup dialog box to choose a
   specific plotter, set a standard paper size, or click
   on radio buttons to access features that affect pen
   numbers, pen sorting, clip limits, and pen location.

The Plotter Setup Dialog Box

The sections that follow tell you how to set up CADKEY for
your plotter using the Plotter Setup dialog box.  Keep
your plotter manual handy for information on your specific
plotter.  For more information on dialog boxes and how to
use them, see Getting Started.

Plotter tells CADKEY what language to use when it
communicates with your plotter.  Position the cursor in
the Plotter list box.  Scroll through the different
plotters and highlight the plotter that you want to use.
The plotters that appear in the Plotter list box match
those that appear in the plotcap file in the CADKEY main
directory.

Paper lets you set the size of the plotter paper.  Move to
the Paper text box and click on one of three radio buttons
located in the left corner of the dialog box for a paper
size that you want:

American
Metric
User

American lets you set the standard paper sizes A-E.
Position the cursor in the American list box and highlight
the paper size you want.

Metric lets you set the standard metric sizes A4-A0.
Position the cursor in the Metric list box and scroll
through the options.  Highlight the paper size you want to
use.

User lets you customize your paper size in inches or
millimeters.  Position the cursor in the list box and
enter the x and y values for the paper size.

Note: If you use autoscale plotting, notice that as you
change the paper size, the scale entry in the Scale box
changes accordingly.

If you're working in Drawing Layout Mode, the default
paper size that CADKEY displays in the Paper Min and Paper
Max text boxes match the paper size you set for the
current layout.

Scale lets you define the size of your plot by applying a
scale factor.  Position the cursor and click on one of the
two radio buttons in the center of the dialog box.  If you
click on Auto, notice the grayed-out value below the
Key-In radio button.  This value remains inactive until
you choose Key-In and enter a specific plot scale value.

Auto sets a plot scale automatically using the entities
you select to plot.  CADKEY calculates the scale factor of
the part using the plot paper size, clip limits, rotation,
and the current model's extents.  Position the cursor in
the Scale box and click on the Auto radio button.

Key-In lets you enter a plotting scale value.

1. Position the cursor in the Scale box and click on the
   Key-In radio button.  Notice the value below Key-In is
   now active.

2. Type a plot scale.

To plot through a network or to a file, highlight FILE and
type in the name of the port.

The Drag Point lets you customize where you want the
cursor to appear in reference to where you want to
position the paper for your plot.  The default is center,
center (CC).  When you finish setting up the plotter in
the Plotter Setup dialog box, CADKEY prompts you to
indicate a placement for the paper.  CADKEY then displays
a rectangular, highlighted paper border.  Its boundaries
match the paper size and clip limits you set in the
Plotter Setup dialog box.  You can move or drag the paper
to any location in the current viewport.  Click on the
radio button for where you want the plot to appear on the
paper.  The choices include upper, center, and lower left;
upper, center, and lower center; and upper, center, and
lower right.

Note: When you position the drag box for paper placement,
make sure you place all the entities you want to plot
inside the box.  CADKEY does not plot any entities that
lie outside the boundaries of the drag box.

Optimize lets you create a useful and clear plot because
it removes redundant and overlapping lines and arcs.  If
you do not choose Optimize, CADKEY plots using the
default, normal plotting.

Curve Tol. determines how CADKEY segments curve entities.
A higher value generates a smoother curve, but may take
longer to plot.  Click on the Curve Tol.  text box and
enter a value for the curve tolerance.  The default is
100.000.

The (Pen) button lets you set certain pen attributes such
as pen width, pen speed, pen sorting, pen #, and pen
color.  When you click on (Pen), CADKEY displays the Pen
Setup dialog box.

The Pen Setup Dialog Box

The sections that follow tell you how to set up the pens
for your plotter using the Pen Setup dialog box.  Keep
your plotter manual handy for information on your specific
plotter.  For more information on dialog boxes and how to
use them, see Getting Started.

Click on OK or press <Enter> to save the current settings
and return to the Plotter Setup dialog box.

Click on Cancel to exit the dialog box and return to the
Plotter Setup dialog box without saving any changes.

Pen Width is used in filling operations.  Below are some
guidelines to help you get the line width you want in your
plotted entity: The start and end points of dashed or
broken lines always end in a full segment, complete dash.
Click on the Pen Width text box and type a value for the
width of the pen movement in millimeters.

Pen Speed sets the plotter pen speed in centimeters per
second.  Pen Speed determines how quickly the pens move
when they plot your file.  Click on the Pen Speed text box
and type a value for the speed of the plotter pens.

Sort determines the method of pen sorting for the plotter.
Pen sorting is an efficient way to plot because it reduces
pen selection time.

On activates sorting and analyzes the figure for a Pen #
assignment.  Then CADKEY draws all entities that are one
pen number first and then draws all entities that are a
second pen number, and so on, until it is done.

Off deactivates sorting.  When you do not use pen sorting,
the plotter draws each entity as it encounters them and
selects a new pen each time the pen number is different
from the previous one.

Opt is CADKEY shorthand for optimal.  Opt saves the
analysis time that the On option uses to sort the pens.
It selects the first entity and plots all entities that
have the same pen.  Then it selects the next entity (it
has a different pen color) and plots all of the remaining
entities with this pen color.  CADKEY repeats this process
until it draws all of the entities.

The Map box tells CADKEY how to plot the entity either by
pen number or color according to what you set in CADKEY's
configuration file.  Position the cursor in the Map box
and click on the radio buttons to activate the pen number
or Color.

Pen # plots according to the pen number attribute you set
when you create an entity.  Because CADKEY's pen number
attribute has a maximum value of 8, you cannot use plotter
pens 9 and above with plotters that support more than 8
pens.

Color plots according to the color you assign to each
entity when you create them.  Because CADKEY's color
attribute ranges from 0 to 15, you can control up to 16
pens on the plotter.  You can set plotter pens to CADKEY
colors in the configuration program.  For example, if you
don't want to set color 1 to pen 1, and color 2 to pen 2
and so on, you can set the pens to any color in any order.
You can assign more than one color to the same plotter pen
number.  limits, and x, y offset values for the plot.
When you click on (Loc), CADKEY displays the Location
dialog box.

The Location Dialog Box

The sections that follow tell you how to set up the
orientation of your plotter using the Location dialog box.
Keep your plotter manual handy for information on your
specific plotter.  For more information on dialog boxes
and how to use them, see Getting Started.

Clip limits define a maximum plotting area.  To set the
clip limits, refer to the setup section of your plotter
manual.  Some manuals call them soft clip limits.  To set
the clip limits, position the cursor in the Min Clip Limit
text box and enter the minimum x and y values for the clip
limits.  Do the same for the maximum clip limits.

Note: If you have trouble with autoscale plotting, set the
soft clip limits to the hard clip limits.

Offset lets you set x and y offset values to compensate
for any offset the plotter may add.  CADKEY calculates
offset values from either the center or lower left corner,
depending on the plotter.  Position the cursor in the
Offset text box and enter the x and y offset values for
the plotter.

Rotation is the angle at which CADKEY plots your drawing.
Position the cursor in the Rotation text box and enter a
value for the rotation angle within 1360 degrees.

Ready, Set, Go

Now that you finished making the necessary changes in the
Plotter Setup dialog box, you are ready to begin plotting.

1. To save your changes and begin plotting, click on OK or
   press <Enter> in the Plotter Setup dialog box.  CADKEY
   prompts you to indicate a placement for the paper.

2. Use the Position Menu to indicate a placement for the
   paper.  You see a rectangular, highlighted paper
   boundary.  CADKEY completes the boundaries using the
   clip limits and paper size you set in the Plotter Setup
   dialog box.  Notice that you can drag the box to any
   location on the screen.

or;

Press <Enter> and CADKEY centers the paper automatically.

Note: When you position the drag box for paper placement,
make sure you place all the entities you want to plot
inside the box.  CADKEY does not plot any entities that
fall outside the boundaries of the drag box.

3. When you are ready to begin plotting, press <Enter>.
   CADKEY begins plotting.

4. To stop plotting at any time, press (Esc).  Plotting
   stops as soon as the plotter's buffer is empty.  Each
   plotter is different, so some buffers may empty sooner
   than others.

Plotting from Drawing Layout Mode

To plot a layout from Drawing Layout Mode to a preprinted
format or to maximize your plotting area, follow these
steps:

1. Determine the actual plotting area for your plotter
   based on the selected paper size.  See your plotter's
   reference guide for information on plotting areas.

2. Create a pattern file the same size as your preprinted
   format.  Do not exceed your plotter's actual plotting
   area.

3. Place the pattern file so that its lower-left corner
   matches the lower-left corner of the actual plotting
   area.  The pattern should fit within the boundaries of
   Drawing Layout Mode's dashed paper border.  If it does
   not, go back and check steps 1-3.

4. When you plot using CADKEY's on-line or off-line
   plotting functions, set the scale to 1.0.

Example: Mary has a D-size plotter and is using a 22" x
34" paper size.  Her plotter manual says that the actual
plotting area for that paper size is 21" x 33".  After
subtracting the plotting area from the paper size, she has
a 1" x 1" difference.  Mary then creates a border that
matches the actual plotting area and enters 0, 0, 0 as the
pattern's base position.  When she retrieves the pattern
file she uses the KEY-IN option and positions it by typing
.5, .5, 0.
2
-10 0 7 #
-11 0 0 !
78 26 Control Syscmd
SYSCMD is CADKEY shorthand for System Commands.  It lets
you run external programs or system processes from inside
CADKEY.  It pauses CADKEY temporarily.  If you change your
mind and don't want to use SYSCMD, CADKEY gives you three
choices to save and restore your graphics image.

Before you select an option, review the following:

-Set the amount of memory you want CADKEY to set aside for
running system commands and processes in the configuration
program.  This memory must be available when you return to
CADKEY.

-Don't load memory-resident programs with SYSCMD.  Start
memory-resident programs before you start CADKEY.  A
memory-resident program is a program that stays
permanently in your system's main memory.

-Before using SYSCMD, make sure you correctly configure
for a one- or two-monitor configuration in the
configuration program.

Save your part before you use SYSCMD.  SYSCMD does not
save the part file.  If you start a program in SYSCMD and
the program crashes, It won't save the part file you were
working on.  You lose the part file.
6
-1 0 781 # NONE
-2 0 782 # TEXT
-3 0 783 # GRAPHIC
-4 0 784 # SHELL
-10 0 7 #
-11 0 0 !
79 112 Control Options
OPTIONS lets you choose from different CADKEY
applications.  For this CADKEY version, you can choose
from one option only, SLIDES.

SLIDES lets you create slide files in a .GIF file format
in one quick and easy step.  You can select which area of
the model you want to save as a slide file.  When you
choose SLIDES, the Slide File Options dialog box appears.

SLIDES will work with graphic cards supported by VIBRANT*
only.

The Slide File Options Dialog Box

The sections that follow tell you what options appear in
the Slide File Options dialog box and how use them.

Entire Window lets you select everything on the CADKEY
screen to create a .GIF file.  Click on Entire Window in
the Slide File Options dialog box and choose Ok to save
changes.

Press (Alt)-(F) to activate the SLIDES option; CADKEY
automatically reads in everything on the CADKEY screen and
creates a .GIF file.

Graphics Viewports lets you select all the viewports
available on the screen to create a .GIF file.

Click on Graphics Viewports in the Slide File Options
dialog box and choose Ok to save changes.

Press (Alt)-(F) to activate the SLIDES option; CADKEY
automatically reads in everything on the CADKEY screen and
creates a .GIF file.

Primary Viewport lets you select everything in the primary
viewport to create a .GIF file.

Click on Primary Viewport in the Slide File Options dialog
box and choose Ok to save changes.

Press (Alt)-(F) to activate the SLIDES option; CADKEY
automatically reads in everything on the CADKEY screen and
creates a .GIF file.

Selectable Viewport lets you cursor select a specific
viewport on the CADKEY screen to create a .GIF file.

Click on Selectable Viewport in the Slide File Options
dialog box and choose Ok to save changes.

Press (Alt)-(F) and CADKEY prompts you to choose a
viewport to save.  Cursor select a viewport to save;
CADKEY creates a .GIF file automatically.

When you choose Selectable Viewport and exit the dialog
box, make sure you press (Alt)-(F) or CADKEY will not
activate the SLIDES option and prompt you to select a
viewport to save.

Selectable Area lets you select a specific area on the
CADKEY screen to save as a slide file.

Click on Selectable Area in the Slide File Options dialog
box and choose Ok to save changes.

Press (Alt)-(F) and CADKEY prompts you to select the first
corner of an area to save for the slide file.  CADKEY then
prompts you to indicate the opposite corner of the area to
save.  After you select an area to save, CADKEY creates a
.GIF file automatically.

When you choose Selectable Area and exit the dialog box,
make sure you press (Alt)-(F) or CADKEY will not activate
the SLIDES option and prompt you to select an area to
save.

Ready, Set, Go

Now that you've finished making the necessary changes in
the Slide File Options dialog box, you are ready to save
your .GIF file.

1. To save your changes and create a .GIF file, click on
   Ok or press <Enter> in the Slide File Options dialog
   box.

2. Depending on which option you chose in the dialog box,
   CADKEY prompts you for the following information:

-If you chose Selectable Viewport from the dialog box,
press (Alt)-(F), and CADKEY prompts you to select a
viewport to save.  Cursor select a viewport to save.

-If you chose Selectable Area from the dialog box, press
(Alt)-(F) and CADKEY prompts you to select the first
corner of an area to save for the slide file.  Indicate
the first corner of the area to save by moving the cursor
to the position that you want and press the cursor button.
After you select the first area to save, a rubberband box
stretches from the indicated position as you move the
cursor around the screen.  Indicate the opposite corner of
the area to save by moving the cursor to the position you
want and press the cursor button.

-If you chose any of the other available options in the
Slide File Options dialog box, press (Alt)-(F) to activate
the SLIDES option.

3. CADKEY creates the slide file in a .GIF file format.
   You return to the OPTIONS menu.
2
-10 0 7 #
-11 0 0 !
111 19 Create Line Endpts
ENDPTS creates a line by specifying the positions of its
endpoints.

The L-LIMIT options you set decide the length of the line.
Set line limits by choosing CONTROL, CONST, L-LIMIT.

1. Use an option from the Position Menu to indicate a
   start point for the line.  When you move the cursor
   from the start point, rubberbanding occurs.

2. Use an option from the Position Menu to indicate an
   endpoint for the line.

2-D construction mode: CADKEY projects the points to the
current construction plane, and creates the line in the
current construction plane.

3-D construction mode: CADKEY uses the 3-D coordinates of
the indicated points as the endpoint of the line.
2
-10 0 11 #
-11 0 0 !
112 18 Create Line String
STRING creates a series of line entities by assuming that
the endpoint of one line is the start point of the next
line.

Use an option from the Position Menu to indicate the start
point of the first line.

Rubberbanding occurs when you move the cursor from the
start point.  You can draw a series of lines from this
point by specifying endpoint positions with the Position
Menu.

2-D construction mode: CADKEY projects all points to the
current construction plane, creates the line string in the
construction plane.

3-D construction mode: CADKEY creates the lines using the
3-D coordinates of the indicated points.
2
-10 0 11 #
-11 0 0 !
113 19 Create Line Paralel,
PARALEL, which is CADKEY shorthand for parallel, creates a
line parallel to an existing line.

Choose an option from the menu to specify the position of
the line from the following menu:

THRU PT
AT DIST

Keep the following notes in mind:

-Use L-LIMIT to determine the length of the new line.

-Set line limits by choosing CONTROL, CONST, L-LIMIT.

-When you set L-LIMIT to FUNCTN, CADKEY creates a line the
same length as the specified reference line.  When you set
L-LIMIT to VIEWPORT, CADKEY draws a line to the screen
limits.
4
-1 0 1131 # THRU PT
-2 0 1132 # AT DIST
-10 0 11 #
-11 0 0 !
114 45 Create Line Tan/prp
TAN/PRP is CADKEY shorthand for tangent and/or
perpendicular.  This option creates a line tangent and/or
perpendicular to two entities, or to an entity and a
position.

Choose a method for creating a tangent and/or
perpendicular line from the following menu:

TAN PT
PRP PT
TAN TAN
TAN PRP
PRP TAN
PRP PRP

Keep the following notes in mind:

-You can create lines tangent to arcs, conics, splines,
and points.  You can create lines perpendicular to lines,
arcs, conics, splines, polylines, polygons, and points.

-When selecting entities, try to get the selection point
as near as possible to the point of tangency or
perpendicularity you want.  You do this because CADKEY
can usually create more than one line tangent or
perpendicular to the selected entities.

-In 3-D construction mode, the selected construction
entities and reference points must be coplanar.  You
cannot select polylines, polygons, and 3-D splines
because they are not planar entities.  CADKEY creates a
line in the plane that is defined by the selected
entities.

-In 2-D construction mode, CADKEY projects the reference
entities to the current construction plane, and creates
the line in the construction plane.

-The L-LIMIT option decides the length of the new line.
Select CONTROL, CONST, L-LIMIT to set line lengths.

-You can select layout-specific instances only when using
TAN PT or PRP PT.  You can change instance-specific to
layout-specific geometry by modelizing, and then use the
options to create lines.
5
-1 0 1141 # TAN PT
-2 0 1142 # PRP PT
-3 0 1143 # TAN TAN
-10 0 11 #
-11 0 0 !
115 30 Create Line Hrz/vrt
HRZ/VRT is CADKEY shorthand for horizontal and/or
vertical.  This option creates a horizontal line, a
vertical line, or horizontal and vertical lines, through a
specified reference point.

Choose an option from the following menu:

HORIZTL - creates a line parallel to the construction-view
x axis.

VERTICL - creates a line perpendicular to the
construction-view x axis.

BOTH - creates two lines: one that is parallel to the
construction-view x axis; and one that is perpendicular to
the construction-view x axis.

1. Use an option from the Position Menu to indicate a
   position for the new line or lines.

2-D construction mode: CADKEY projects the reference point
to the current construction plane, and creates the line in
the current construction plane.

3-D construction mode: CADKEY creates the line in the
plane that is parallel to the current construction plane
and that passes through the indicated reference point.

With BOTH, the indicated position is the intersection of
two lines.
5
-1 0 1151 # HORIZTL:
-2 0 1152 # VERTICL:
-3 0 1153 # BOTH:
-10 0 11 #
-11 0 0 !
116 39 Create Line Angle
ANGLE creates a line at a given angle from an existing
line.

1. Enter the rotation angle in degrees <Enter>.

2. Select a reference line.

3. Indicate the position from which you want the angled
   line to originate.  CADKEY creates the line at the
   angle and position indicated.

Keep the following notes in mind:

-Use the L-LIMIT option to set line limits for ANGLE.

-When you set L-LIMITS to VIEWPORT, CADKEY extends the new
line to the edges of the screen.

-When you set L-LIMITS to FUNCTN, CADKEY creates a new
line the same length as the reference line.

-The rotation angle that you specify is relative to the
construction-view z axis.  A positive angle indicates a
counter-clockwise rotation about the construction-view z
axis, when that axis points toward you.

-In 2-D construction mode, CADKEY projects the reference
line onto the construction plane, rotated by the rotation
angle, and then translates it so that its endpoint is at
the projection of the indicated position onto the
construction plane.

-In 3-D construction mode, CADKEY rotates the reference
line by the rotation angle, and then translates it so that
the endpoint is at the indicated position.

-CADKEY measures the angle counter-clockwise from the
endpoint closest to the selection point you indicate on
the reference line.
2
-10 0 11 #
-11 0 0 !
117 19 Create Line Rectang
RECTANG lets you create a line rectangle by entering
values for the width and height, or by indicating
positions for two corners of the rectangle.

To create a rectangle, choose an option from the menu:

CORNERS
WID/HT

Keep the following notes in mind:

-The rectangle has four separate line entities.  Select
each entity to make changes to the whole rectangle.

-CADKEY does not fill the corners of a rectangle when you
select line widths greater than one.

-When you designate a position, the depth must keep its
present value.
4
-1 0 1171 # CORNERS
-2 0 1172 # WID/HT
-10 0 11 #
-11 0 0 !
118 45 Create Line N-gon
N-GON creates a polygon with equal-length sides consisting
of line entities.  The n-gon can have from 3 to 100 sides.
The minimum radius value is .00015; the maximum radius
value is 100,000,000.

1. Enter the number of sides in the polygon, from 3 to
   100, <Enter>, or press <Enter> to accept the default.

2. Enter, in degrees, a rotation angle for the base of the
   polygon <Enter>, or press <Enter> to accept the
   default.  The rotation angle is the amount of
   counter-clockwise rotation of the polygon about its
   center.

3. Choose from the displayed menu to indicate the radius:

CORNER - measures the radius from a vertex of the polygon
to the center.

FLAT - measures the radius from the center perpendicularly
to the side of the polygon.

4. For either option, enter a positive radius value
   <Enter>.

The value you enter must be greater than .00005 and less
than 100,000.  To accept the default, press <Enter>.

5. Use an option from the Position Menu to indicate the
   center of the polygon.

6. To group the entities, choose YES and type a group name
   <Enter>.  Choose NO to continue without grouping
   entities.

CADKEY creates the line entities forming the polygon,
using the current attributes.

2-D construction mode: CADKEY projects the reference point
to the current construction plane, and creates the polygon
in the current construction plane.

3-D construction mode: CADKEY creates the polygon in the
plane that is parallel to the current construction plane
and that passes through the indicated reference point.
2
-10 0 11 #
-11 0 0 !
119 32 Create Line Mesh
MESH lets you create a line mesh that simulates a two-,
three-, or four-curve swept surface, a tabulated cylinder,
a surface of revolution, a sphere or a ruled surface.
MESH lets you define a surface and then generate a mesh, a
set of lines that simulates the surface to a level of
accuracy that you specify.  See the User Reference Manual
for detailed information on this option.

Choose a method to create the mesh from the following
menu:

2 CURVE
3 CURVE
4 CURVE
TAB CYL
REVOLUT
SPHERE
RULED

Keep the following notes in mind:

-CADKEY displays temporary meshes in the primary viewport.
It draws the final mesh in all viewports.

-A director curve determines the direction of the sweep.
A generator curve is the contour that CADKEY sweeps along
the director curve.

-You cannot create a line mesh between instance-specific
and layout-specific geometry.  But you can create meshes
between instance-specific entities within the same
instance and between layout-specific entities.
9
-1 0 1191 # 2 CURVE
-2 0 1192 # 3 CURVE
-3 0 1193 # 4 CURVE
-4 0 1194 # TAB CYL
-5 0 1195 # REVOLUT
-6 0 1196 # SPHERE
-7 0 1197 # RULED
-10 0 11 #
-11 0 0 !
121 27 Create Arc Ctr+rad
CTR+RAD creates an arc by specifying start and end angles,
a center position, and a radius.

1. Enter a value for the radius <Enter>, or press <Enter>
   to accept the default.  The minimum arc radius is
   .00001; the maximum arc radius is 1,000,000.

2. Enter, in degrees, a positive or negative start angle
   for the arc <Enter>, or press <Enter> to accept the
   default.  Enter an end angle in the same way.  CADKEY
   measures positive angles counter-clockwise from the
   start to the end angle.

3. Use an option from the Position Menu to indicate a
   center position for the arc.

2-D construction mode: CADKEY projects the center and edge
points to the current construction plane, and creates the
arc in the current construction plane.

3-D construction mode: CADKEY locates a plane that is
parallel to the current construction plane and passes
through the center point.  It projects the edge point to
the plane and creates the arc in the plane.

After CADKEY creates the arc, you might need to autoscale
the part to put the arc in the Drawing Window boundaries.
2
-10 0 12 #
-11 0 0 !
122 29 Create Arc Ctr+dia
CTR+DIA lets you create an arc by specifying start and end
angles, a center position, and a diameter.

1. Enter a value for the diameter <Enter>, or press
   <Enter> to accept the default.  The minimum arc
   diameter is .00002; the maximum arc diameter is
   20,000,000.

2. Enter in degrees a positive or negative start angle for
   the arc <Enter>, or press <Enter> to accept the
   default.  Enter an end angle in the same way.

CADKEY measures positive angles counter-clockwise.  CADKEY
creates the arc counter-clockwise from the start to the
end angle.

3. Use an option from the Position Menu to indicate the
   center point of the arc.

2-D construction mode: CADKEY projects the center point to
the current construction plane, and creates the arc in the
current construction plane.

3-D construction mode: CADKEY creates the arc in the plane
that is parallel to the current construction plane and
passes through the center point.

After CADKEY creates the arc, you might need to autoscale
the part to put the arc in the Drawing Window boundaries.
2
-10 0 12 #
-11 0 0 !
123 22 Create Arc Ctr+edg
CTR+EDG creates an arc by specifying start and end angles,
a center point, and an edge point.

1. Enter, in degrees, a start angle for the arc <Enter>,
   or press <Enter> to accept the default.  Do the same
   thing for the end angle.

2. Use an option from the Position Menu to indicate a
   center position for the arc.  Follow the same steps for
   the edge position of the arc.

2-D construction mode: CADKEY projects the center and edge
points to the current construction plane, and creates the
arc in the current construction plane.

3-D construction mode: CADKEY locates a plane that is
parallel to the current construction plane and passes
through the center point.  It projects the edge point to
the plane and creates the arc in the plane.

After CADKEY creates the arc, you might need to autoscale
the part to put the arc in the Drawing Window boundaries.
2
-10 0 12 #
-11 0 0 !
124 24 Create Arc Three-p
THREE-P creates an arc by indicating three points on its
circumference.

-You cannot indicate coincident points.

-The minimum arc radius is .00001; the maximum arc radius
is 1,000,000.

Use an option from the Position Menu to indicate positions
for three points on the arc.

The first two points specify the direction in which CADKEY
draws the arc from the first point, through the second, to
the third.

2-D construction mode: CADKEY projects the points to the
current construction plane, and creates the arc in the
current construction plane.

3-D construction mode: CADKEY creates the arc in the plane
defined by the three points.

After CADKEY creates the arc, you might need to autoscale
the part to put the arc in the Drawing Window boundaries.
2
-10 0 12 #
-11 0 0 !
125 10 Create Arc Tangent
TANGENT creates an arc with any of the following
conditions:

-Tangent to one entity, with its center at an indicated
position.
-Tangent to two entities, with a specified radius.
-Tangent to three entities.

See the "CREATE" chapter in the User Reference Manual for
detailed information on this option.
2
-10 0 12 #
-11 0 0 !
126 15 Create Arc Beg+end
BEG+END specifies an arc's start point, endpoint, and the
included angle.  The minimum arc radius is .00001; the
maximum arc radius is 1,000,000.

1. Enter the included angle of the arc <Enter>.  The
   included angle is the angular portion, in degrees, of
   the arc that lies between the two points you select.
   Press <Enter> to accept the default.

2. Use an option from the Position Menu to indicate the
   start and endpoints for the arc.

CADKEY projects the start and endpoints to the current
construction plane, and creates the arc in the current
construction plane.
2
-10 0 12 #
-11 0 0 !
127 23 Create Arc Round
ROUND creates an arc that is tangent to the endpoint of an
existing curve.  The minimum arc radius is .00001; the
maximum arc radius is 1,000,000.

1. Select a tangent entity near the endpoint you want.

CADKEY projects the endpoint closest to the selection
point to the current construction plane.  CADKEY uses this
point as the starting position for the arc.

2. Use an option from the Position Menu to indicate an end
   position for the arc.

3. CADKEY projects the endpoint to the current
   construction plane.

4. Pick a direction for the arc by choosing an option from
   the following menu:

CLKWSE    (Clockwise)
CCLKWSE   (Counterclockwise)

CADKEY creates the arc in the current construction plane.
2
-10 0 12 #
-11 0 0 !
131 23 Create Circle Ctr+rad
CTR+RAD lets you create a circle by specifying a center
position and a radius.

1. Enter a radius value <Enter>, or press <Enter> to
   accept the default.

2. Use an option from the Position Menu to indicate the
   center point of the circle.

2-D construction mode: CADKEY projects the center point to
the current construction plane, and creates the circle in
the current construction plane.

3-D construction mode: CADKEY creates the circle in the
plane parallel to the current construction plane and which
passes through the center point.

After CADKEY creates the circle, you might need to
autoscale the part to place the circle within the Drawing
Window boundaries.

-The minimum circle radius is .00001; the maximum circle
radius is 100,000,000.
2
-10 0 13 #
-11 0 0 !
132 23 Create Circle Ctr+dia
CTR+DIA lets you create a circle by specifying a center
position and a diameter.

1. Enter a diameter value and press <Enter>, or press
   <Enter> to accept the default.

2. Use an option from the Position Menu to indicate the
   center point of the circle.

2-D construction mode: CADKEY projects the center point to
the current construction plane, and creates the circle in
the current construction plane.

3-D construction mode: CADKEY creates the circle in the
plane that is parallel to the current construction plane
and passes through the center point.

After CADKEY creates the circle, you might need to
autoscale the part to place the circle within the Drawing
Window boundaries.

-The minimum circle diameter is .0001; the maximum circle
diameter is 20,000,000.
2
-10 0 13 #
-11 0 0 !
133 21 Create Circle Ctr+edg
CTR+EDG lets you create a circle by specifying the center
and a point on the circumference, edge, of the circle.

1. Use an option from the Position Menu to indicate a
   center location for the circle.

2. Use an option from the Position Menu to indicate an
   edge point for the circle.

2-D construction mode: CADKEY projects the center and edge
points to the current construction plane, and creates the
circle in the current construction plane.

3-D construction mode: CADKEY locates a plane parallel to
the current construction plane and which passes through
the center point.  It projects the edge point to the
plane, and creates the circle in the plane.

After CADKEY creates the circle, you might need to
autoscale the part to place the circle within the Drawing
Window boundaries.
2
-10 0 13 #
-11 0 0 !
134 16 Create Circle Three-p
THREE-P lets you create a circle by specifying three
points on its circumference.

Use an option from the Position Menu to indicate three
points on the circle's circumference.

2-D construction mode: CADKEY projects the points to the
current construction plane, and creates the circle in the
current construction plane.

3-D construction mode: CADKEY creates the circle in the
plane that is defined by the three points.

After CADKEY creates the circle, you might need to
autoscale the part to place the circle within the Drawing
Window boundaries.
2
-10 0 13 #
-11 0 0 !
135 38 Create Circle Tangent
TANGENT creates a circle with any of the following
specifications:

-Tangent to one entity, with its center at an indicated
position.

-Tangent to two entities, with a specified radius.

-Tangent to three entities.

Choose an option from the following menu:

CTR-ENT
2 ENTS
3 ENTS

Keep the following notes in mind:

-You can select layout-specific instances only when using
TANGENT, CTR-ENT.  But you can change instance-specific to
layout-specific geometry by modelizing, and then use the
options to create circles.

-When you select entities, make sure the selection point
is near the chosen point of tangency.  You do this because
CADKEY can usually create more than one circle tangent to
the entity or entities that you select.

-A tangency point can be on an extension of a selected
entity.

-If a 2-D entity-for example, an arc, conic, or 2-D
spline-appears as a straight line in the current view, you
cannot use it with this option.

-In 3-D construction mode, the selected entities must be
coplanar.  You cannot select polylines, polygons, and 3-D
splines because they are not planar entities.
5
-1 0 1351 # CTR-ENT
-2 0 1352 # 2 ENTS
-3 0 1353 # 3 ENTS
-10 0 13 #
-11 0 0 !
136 13 Create Circle Two-pts
TWO-PTS lets you create a circle by indicating its
diameter using two positions on the circumference.

Use options from the Position Menu to indicate each side
of the circle's diameter.

CADKEY projects the points to the current construction
plane, and creates the circle in the current construction
plane.

After CADKEY creates the circle, you might need to
autoscale the part to place the circle within the Drawing
Window boundaries.
2
-10 0 13 #
-11 0 0 !
141 12 Create Point Positn,
POSITN, which is CADKEY shorthand for position, creates a
point (+) at an indicated position.

1. Use an option from the Position Menu to indicate a
   position for the point.

2-D construction mode: CADKEY projects the indicated
position to the current construction plane, and creates
the point in the current construction plane.

3-D construction mode: CADKEY defines the location of the
point by the 3-D coordinates of the indicated position.
2
-10 0 14 #
-11 0 0 !
142 16 Create Point On arc
ON ARC selects an arc or circle on which to create a
point.

1. Select the arc or circle.

2. Enter, in degrees, the angle at which you want CADKEY
   to place the point on the selected entity.  A negative
   value creates a clockwise angle; a positive value
   creates a counter-clockwise angle.

The specified angle does not need to lie between the start
and endpoints of the arc; the arc does not need to lie in
the current display plane.

CADKEY creates the point (+) in the plane of the arc's
depth.
2
-10 0 14 #
-11 0 0 !
143 20 Create Point Segment
SEGMENT creates points on a selected curve by segmenting
the curve.  Choose an option from the menu that appears:

NUMBER
DISTNCE
ALONGC

Keep the following notes in mind:

-You can create up to 1000 points.

-The distance between points must be at least .00005.

-Regardless of the 2-D/3-D switch setting, SEGMENT always
creates the specified points on the selected curve.

-To improve accuracy when creating a large number of
points on a curve, break the curve into smaller sections,
and then segment each of these smaller curves
individually.
5
-1 0 1431 # NUMBER
-2 0 1432 # DISTNCE
-3 0 1433 # ALONGC
-10 0 14 #
-11 0 0 !
144 16 Create Point Mesh,
With MESH, you can generate a point mesh approximation of
a two-, three-, or four-curve swept surface, a tabulated
cylinder, a surface of revolution, a sphere, or a ruled
surface.

To create a point mesh, choose one of the following
options:

2 CURVE
3 CURVE
4 CURVE
TAB CYL
REVOLUT
SPHERE
RULED
ON SPLN
9
-1 0 1441 # 2 CURVE
-2 0 1442 # 3 CURVE
-3 0 1443 # 4 CURVE
-4 0 1444 # TAB CYL
-5 0 1445 # REVOLUT
-6 0 1446 # SPHERE
-7 0 1447 # RULED
-10 0 14 #
-11 0 0 !
145 8 Create Point On spln
ON SPLN recreates node points as points on an existing
created spline.

Select an existing spline on which to create the points.

CADKEY generates the points in the same position as the
original node points.  The points take on the current
color and level.
2
-10 0 14 #
-11 0 0 !
151 35 Create Polyline String
STRING creates a polyline entity by indicating a series of
positions and stringing the vertices of the polyline to
the selected shape.

1. Use an option from the Position Menu to indicate a
   start position for the polyline.

When you move the cursor from step 1 on, a rubberbanding
effect takes place in which CADKEY connects a line to the
cursor from the last indicated position.

2. Indicate the positions for each vertex in the polyline.

3. End the polyline in one of two ways:

Choose BACK-UP twice.  CADKEY prompts you to store the
current polyline.

Choose NO to remove the polyline and start again.  Choose
YES to store the polyline.  When storing the polyline at
this point, you can close its start and endpoints by
choosing YES from the next NO/YES menu displayed.  Choose
NO to end the polyline at the current endpoint specified.

When you finish the polyline, press <Enter>.  If you store
the polyline at this point, close its start and endpoints
by choosing YES from the next NO/YES menu.  Choose NO to
end the polyline at the current endpoint.

2-D construction mode: CADKEY projects the vertices to the
current construction plane, and creates the polyline in
the construction plane.

3-D construction mode: CADKEY creates the polyline using
the 3-D coordinates of the indicated vertices.
2
-10 0 15 #
-11 0 0 !
152 20 Create Polyline Rectang
RECTANG creates a rectangular polyline, four sided, by
indicating positions for opposite corners, or by
specifying its width and height.

Choose an option from the menu:

CORNERS
WID/HT

Keep the following notes in mind:

-Because the rectangle is one continuous polyline entity,
you select only one side of the rectangle to work with the
entire rectangle.

-The current depth must stay the same once you designate a
position.

-Choose BACK-UP once to delete the last selected position;
choose it twice to exit the option.
4
-1 0 1521 # CORNERS
-2 0 1522 # WID/HT
-10 0 15 #
-11 0 0 !
153 32 Create Polyline N-gon
N-GON creates a polyline polygon by specifying the number
of sides, rotation angle, radius, radius type, flat or
corner, and center position.

1. Enter the number of sides, up to 1500, for the polyline
   <Enter>, or press <Enter> to accept the default.

2. Enter, in degrees, the rotation angle on which you want
   the polyline aligned.  A positive angle value rotates
   the polygon about its center counter-clockwise.

3. Enter a radius value <Enter>.

4. Measure the radius of the polygon with an option from
   the following menu:

CORNER - measures the radius from a vertex, of the polygon
to the center.

FLAT - measures the radius from the center,
perpendicularly to the side of the polygon.

5. Use an option from the Position Menu to indicate the
   center position of the polygon.

2-D construction mode: CADKEY projects the center point to
the current construction plane, and creates the polyline
in the construction plane.

3-D construction mode: CADKEY creates the polyline in the
plane that is parallel to the construction plane and
passes through the indicated center position.
2
-10 0 15 #
-11 0 0 !
154 33 Create Polyline Sketch
SKETCH creates a continuous polyline entity along a
selected number of vertices.

1. Use an option from the Position Menu to indicate the
   start point of the polyline.  Press and hold down the
   cursor button as you move the cursor in the direction
   of the selected shape.

You can release the cursor button for selected vertices;
then press it again to continue the sketch.

2. End the polyline in one of three ways:

Choose BACK-UP, Esc, or press <Enter>.  CADKEY prompts you
to store the current polyline.  Choose YES to store the
polyline; or NO to remove the polyline and create a new
one.

2-D construction mode: CADKEY projects the vertices to the
current construction plane, and creates the polyline in
the construction plane.

3-D construction mode: CADKEY creates the polyline using
the 3-D coordinates of the indicated vertices.

Keep the following notes in mind:

-Choose BACK-UP once to delete the last selected position.
Choose it twice to exit SKETCH.

-When you enter values, you cannot use <Enter> as zero
(0).  Use <Enter> to tell CADKEY that you've finished
creating the polyline.
2
-10 0 15 #
-11 0 0 !
155 19 Create Polyline Mesh
MESH creates a polyline mesh that simulates a surface.
Using MESH, you can create a polyline mesh that simulates
a two-, three- or four-curve swept surface, a tabulated
cylinder, a surface of revolution, a sphere, or a ruled
surface.

-Each polyline mesh consists of one polyline.

-CADKEY displays temporary meshes in the primary viewport.
It displays the final mesh in all viewports.

-A director curve determines the direction of the sweep.
A generator curve is the contour that CADKEY sweeps along
the director curve.

-You cannot create a polyline mesh between
instance-specific and layout-specific geometry.  You can
create meshes between instance-specific entities within
the same instance and between layout-specific entities.
9
-1 0 1551 # 2 CURVE
-2 0 1552 # 3 CURVE
-3 0 1553 # 4 CURVE
-4 0 1554 # TAB CYL
-5 0 1555 # REVOLUT
-6 0 1556 # SPHERE
-7 0 1557 # RULED
-10 0 15 #
-11 0 0 !
161 52 Create Fillet Arc
ARC creates a tangent arc with a specified radius, between
two selected curve entities.  You can trim or extend the
selected curves to the intersections with the arc fillet.

1. Choose an option from the following menu to specify
   whether CADKEY should trim the selected curves to the
   intersections with the arc fillet:

TRIM
NO TRIM

2. Enter a value for the radius of the arc fillet <Enter>,
   or press <Enter> to accept the default.

3. Select the first curve entity, near the tangency point.
   With TRIM, the selection point must be on the portion
   of the curve that will remain after CADKEY trims the
   entity.

4. Select the second curve, near the tangency point.

2-D construction mode: CADKEY projects the selected
entities to the current construction view, at the current
depth.  It creates the arc fillet in the current
construction view, at the depth that was active when you
selected the second entity.

3-D construction mode: CADKEY creates the arc fillet in
the plane defined by the selected entities.

If you selected TRIM, CADKEY trims the selected entities,
excluding closed curves, to the intersections with the arc
fillet.

Keep the following notes in mind:

-You can use QTRIM to create a fillet with a simple cursor
selection.  QTRIM appears in the Status Window just below
LDR:BOTH.  Click on QTRIM to turn quick fillet ON.  The
default is OFF.  When you want to create a fillet with
QTRIM, make your selection as far away from the
intersecting entities as possible.

-In 3-D construction mode, the selected curves must be
coplanar, given a depth tolerance of .0005.

-When you select entities with TRIM, be sure the selection
point is near the tangency point, on the side of the curve
that remains after CADKEY trims the entity.

-You cannot trim closed curves-for example, circles,
ellipses, or closed splines.
2
-10 0 16 #
-11 0 0 !
162 30 Create Fillet Chamfer
CHAMFER is a groove or beveled edge.  Bevel is an angle
that one surface or line makes with another when they are
not at right angles.  CHAMFER creates an angled line that
has its endpoints on two selected lines, at specified
distances from the intersection, or potential
intersection, of the lines.

1. CADKEY prompts you to define the distance from the
   intersection of the lines to the first endpoint of the
   chamfer line.  Enter a value greater than .00001 and
   less than 1,000,000 <Enter>, or press <Enter> to accept
   the default.

2. Enter the distance from the intersection of the lines
   to the second endpoint of the chamfer line <Enter>, or
   press <Enter> to accept the default.

3. Select the first line, near its intersection with the
   other line.  Select the second line in the same way.

CADKEY creates the chamfer line in the plane defined by
the selected entities.

Keep the following notes in mind:

-CADKEY trims or extends the selected lines to the
intersections with the chamfer line.

-Be sure that the selected lines intersect, or potentially
intersect.
2
-10 0 16 #
-11 0 0 !
171 25 Create Conic 5 cond
5 COND is CADKEY shorthand for five conditions.  The
option creates a conic section- that is, ellipse,
parabola, or hyperbola- by indicating two, three, four, or
five points that the entity will pass through.  If the
conic is a hyperbola, the first and last points that you
indicate must be on one branch.

Choose an option from the menu that appears.

2P 2S R
3P 2S
4P 1S
5 PTS

Keep the following notes in mind:

-You cannot indicate coincident points.

-For all options, except 5 POINT, five points, definition
of the conic must include the slope of the conic at one or
two of the indicated points.

-You cannot direct the tangent vector that defines the
slope of the conic at a selected point toward any of the
other points that you indicated in defining the entity.
6
-1 0 1711 # 2P 2S R
-2 0 1712 # 3P 2S
-3 0 1713 # 4P 1S
-4 0 1714 # 5 PTS
-10 0 17 #
-11 0 0 !
172 10 Create Conic 6 coeff
6 COEFF is CADKEY shorthand for six coefficients.  You
create a conic section-that is, ellipse, parabola,
hyperbola-by entering values for the six coefficients of
the following equation, which is the general quadratic
representation of a conic:

A*x2 + B*x*y + C*y2 + D*x + E*y + F = 0

See the "CREATE" in the User Reference Manual for detailed
information on this option.
2
-10 0 17 #
-11 0 0 !
173 7 Create Conic Parabol
PARABOL creates a parabola, a set of points in a plane,
with the condition that the distance from any point in the
set to a given line, the directrix, is equal to the
distance from that point to a given point, the focus.

See the "CREATE" in the User Reference Manual for detailed
information on this option.
2
-10 0 17 #
-11 0 0 !
174 6 Create Conic Ellipse
ELLIPSE creates an elliptical arc by defining the length
and orientation of the major and minor axes, and the start
and end angles and center points of the entity.

See the "CREATE" in the User Reference Manual for detailed
information on this option.
2
-10 0 17 #
-11 0 0 !
181 43 Create Polygon Ctr+rad
CTR+RAD is CADKEY shorthand for center plus radius.  This
option creates a polygon entity by specifying its number
of sides, rotation angle, radius, fill type, and center
position.

1. Type the number of sides for the polygon, up to eight,
   <Enter>.

2. Type, in degrees, the rotation angle on which you want
   the polygon aligned <Enter>, or press <Enter> to accept
   the default.  Positive angle values rotate the
   polygon's base counter-clockwise.

3. Type a value for the polygon's radius <Enter>, or press
   <Enter> to accept the default.

4. Choose how to measure the radius of the polygon from
   the following menu:

CORNER measures the radius from a vertex of the polygon to
the center.

FLAT measures the radius from the center perpendicularly
to the side of the polygon.

NOTE: The center of the polygon is a point equidistant
from all vertices.

5. Choose from the menu whether you want to fill or
   outline the polygon:

OUTLINE assigns the active entity color to the polygon
outline.

FILLED automatically fills the polygon with a color from
the color palette.  Choose a color from the color palette
or enter the number of the color you want <Enter>.

6. Use an option from the Position Menu to indicate the
   center position of the polygon.  3-D construction mode:
   CADKEY creates the polygon in the plane that is
   parallel to the construction plane and passes through
   the indicated center position.
2
-10 0 18 #
-11 0 0 !
182 34 Create Polygon Ctr+sid
CTR+SID is CADKEY shorthand for center plus side.  This
option creates a polygon entity by specifying the number
of sides, rotation angle, side length, fill type, color,
and center position.

1. Enter up to eight sides for the polygon, <Enter>.

2. Enter, in degrees, the rotation angle on which you want
   the polygon aligned <Enter>, or press <Enter> to accept
   the default.  Positive angle values rotate the
   polygon's base in a counter-clockwise direction.

3. Enter the length of the polygon's sides <Enter>.

4. Choose from the menu whether you want to fill or
   outline the polygon:

OUTLINE assigns the active entity color to the polygon
outline.

FILLED automatically fills the polygon with a color from
the color palette.  Choose a color from the color palette
or enter the number of the color you want <Enter>.

5. Use an option from the Position Menu to indicate the
   center position of the polygon.

2-D construction mode: CADKEY projects the center point to
the current construction plane, and creates the polygon in
the construction plane.

3-D construction mode: CADKEY creates the polygon in the
plane that is parallel to the construction plane and
passes through the indicated center position.
2
-10 0 18 #
-11 0 0 !
183 34 Create Polygon Rectang
RECTANG creates a rectangular, four-sided polygon by
letting you indicate positions for opposite corners, or by
specifying the rectangle's width, height, fill type, and
lower-left corner position.

-When you indicate the second position for the polygon,
keep the depth at its current value.

Choose an option from the following menu:

CORNERS
WID/HT

This option indicates positions for opposite corners of
the rectangle.

1. Choose from the menu whether you want to fill or
   outline the polygon:

OUTLINE assigns the active entity color to the polygon
outline.

FILLED automatically fills the polygon with a color from
the color palette.  Choose a color from the color palette
or enter the number of the color you want <Enter>.

2. Use an option from the Position Menu to indicate a
   position for one corner of the rectangle.

3. Use an option from the Position Menu to indicate a
   position for the opposite corner of the rectangle.
   CADKEY projects the corner positions to the current
   construction plane, and creates the polygon in the
   construction plane.
2
-10 0 18 #
-11 0 0 !
184 48 Create Polygon String
STRING creates a polygon entity by selecting planar
positions and stringing the vertices of the polygon to the
selected shape.

-A polygon can have up to eight sides.  When you specify
the eighth vertex, CADKEY automatically closes the
polygon.

1. Choose from the menu whether you want to fill or
   outline the polygon:

OUTLINE assigns the active entity color to the polygon
outline.

FILLED automatically fills the polygon with a color from
the color palette.  Choose a color from the color palette
or enter the number of the color you want <Enter>.

2. Use an option from the Position Menu to indicate the
   starting position of the polygon.  If you choose
   CURSOR, rubberbanding takes effect and the first line
   of the string is attached to the cursor.  Continue by
   indicating the next vertex of the polygon, which
   defines the first side of the polygon.  You can
   indicate up to eight vertices.

NOTE: If you press Esc at any point while you are creating
the polygon, a NO/YES menu appears asking if you want to
save the current entity.  If you choose YES, CADKEY
automatically closes the polygon.  If you choose NO,
CADKEY deletes the polygon and you return to the Main
Menu.

3. After you create the number of sides you want, use an
   option from the Position Menu to indicate an end
   position to close the polygon, or just press <Enter>.
   You cannot use the start point of the polygon as a
   reference position.  Once you specify the seventh
   vertex, if you go on to specify the eighth vertex or
   press <Enter>, CADKEY automatically closes the ploygon.

2-D construction mode: CADKEY projects the reference
points to the current construction plane, and creates the
polygon in the construction plane.

3-D construction mode: CADKEY locates the vertices of the
polygon by the 3-D coordinates of the indicated reference
points.
2
-10 0 18 #
-11 0 0 !
185 18 Create Polygon Mesh
MESH creates a set of polygons that simulates a surface.
Using MESH, you can create a polygon mesh that simulates a
two-, three- or four-curve swept surface, a tabulated
cylinder, a ruled surface, a surface of revolution, or a
sphere.  Also, you can change the direction, normals, of a
grouped polygon's mesh.  Use meshing as a debugging tool
before you create a solid model of your wire-frame model.

-CADKEY displays temporary meshes in the primary viewport.
It displays the final mesh in all viewports.

-A director curve determines the direction of the sweep.
A generator curve is the contour that CADKEY sweeps along
the director curve.

You can create meshes between instance-specific entities
within the same instance and between layout-specific
entities.
10
-1 0 1851 # 2 CURVE
-2 0 1852 # 3 CURVE
-3 0 1853 # 4 CURVE
-4 0 1854 # TAB CYL
-5 0 1855 # REVOLUT
-6 0 1856 # SPHERE
-7 0 1857 # RULED
-8 0 1858 # REVERSE
-10 0 18 #
-11 0 0 !
191 29 Create 2d cubi
2D CUBI creates a 2-D cubic parametric spline that lies
within a plane.

1. Use an option from the Position Menu to indicate a
   series of nodes through which CADKEY creates the
   spline.  To back up one node, choose BACK-UP.  To
   return to the spline menu, choose BACK-UP twice.  Press
   <Enter> when complete.

2. If you are in 3-D construction mode and the current
   construction plane differs from the current display
   plane, CADKEY prompts you to indicate if you want to
   change the display view to match the current
   construction view.  When you see the prompt, choose an
   option from the NO/YES menu.

3. The Start/End Condition Menu appears.  Use this menu to
   choose the start and end condition for the spline.

2-D construction mode: CADKEY projects the nodes to the
current construction plane, and creates the spline in the
current construction plane.

3-D construction mode: CADKEY tries to define a plane with
the node points.  If so, CADKEY creates the spline in the
plane.  If CADKEY cannot define a plane with the indicated
node points, it projects the points to the current
construction plane, and creates the spline in the current
construction plane.
1
-11 0 0 !
192 18 Create 3d cubi
3D CUBI creates a 3-D cubic parametric spline, a true 3-D
curve with nodes that do not lie in the same plane-for
example, a spring.

1. Use an option from the Position Menu to indicate a
   series of nodes through which CADKEY creates the
   spline.  To backup one node, choose BACK-UP.  To return
   to the spline menu, choose BACK-UP twice.  When
   finished, press <Enter>.

2. Use the Start/End Condition Menu to choose the start
   condition for the spline.

3. CADKEY draws a temporary marker (*) at the start of the
   spline where it will set the vector.

4. Use the Start/End Condition Menu to choose the end
   condition for the spline.
1
-11 0 0 !
193 26 Create 2d clsd
2D CLSD is CADKEY shorthand for 2-D closed spline.  This
option creates a closed 2-D cubic parametric spline, which
lies within a plane.

-The 2-D cubic parametric spline, which appears as an
unbroken loop, starts and ends at the first point
selected.

-The slope and curvature are continuous at all points on
the spline.

1. Use an option from the Position Menu to indicate a
   series of node points for the new spline.

2. When you complete node positioning, press <Enter>.

2-D construction mode: CADKEY projects the nodes to the
current construction plane, and creates the spline in the
current construction plane.

3-D construction mode: CADKEY tries to define a plane with
the node points.  If so, CADKEY creates the spline in the
plane.  If CADKEY cannot define a plane with the indicated
node points, it projects the points to the current
construction plane, and creates the spline in the current
construction plane.
1
-11 0 0 !
194 15 Create 3d clsd
3D CLSD creates a 3-D cubic parametric spline, a true
curve that begins and ends at the first point selected,
and appears as an unbroken loop.

-The slope and curvature are continuous at all points on
the spline.

-You cannot set the 2-D/3-D Construction Switch for 3-D
splines.

1. Use an option from the Position Menu to indicate a
   series of nodes.

2. When you complete positioning the nodes, press <Enter>.
   CADKEY creates the closed spline.
1
-11 0 0 !
195 51 Create Helix
HELIX creates a 3-D spline to show a helix curve with an
orientation that you set.

-Use a value for the pitch greater than zero.

-You see an error message if the first and second points
defining the major axis are coincident.

-You see an error message if the start point and major
axis are coincident.

1. Choose an option from the following menu to define the
   direction of the helix.

CCW      (counter-clockwise)
CW       (clockwise)

2. Enter a value for the helix's pitch or number of turns
   of the helix per unit length <Enter>, or press <Enter>
   to accept the default.

3. Define the extent of the helix curve:

ROTS defines the number of rotations.  You can enter
fractional values to define the angular separation between
the start and endpoints of the helix.

ARCLEN defines the arc length of the helix curve.

AXIS defines the distance measured along the major axis of
the helix.

4. Follow the screen prompts to enter the information that
   CADKEY asks you for.  Press <Enter> to accept the
   default.

5. Use an option from the Position Menu to define two
   points on the major axis along the center of the helix.
   These two positions define the direction of the helix's
   axis.  You can enter any three- dimensional positions,
   as long as the two points are not coincident.

6. Use an option from the Position Menu to indicate a
   start point.  This point decides the direction of the
   x-axis, the radius, and the base point on the major
   axis from which CADKEY creates the helix.  You can
   indicate any three-dimensional point position, as long
   as it is not coincident with the major axis.  CADKEY
   creates the helix, using the information you entered
   from the given start point.  The helix has the correct
   skew, along the major axis in the defined direction.
1
-11 0 0 !
196 54 Create 2d auto
2D AUTO automatically creates a 2-D spline through a path
of minimum distance point entities that CADKEY projects to
the current construction plane.

-The maximum number of points is 200.

-The first position/point, second position/point, and
optional end position/point of an automatic spline define
its start and endpoints, and act as a direction guide for
creation.

-2D AUTO is easier to use when you have at least two
points displayed on the screen.

-CADKEY creates the spline through the start point or
position and second point or position you select, then
through the next-nearest point or position projected, and
so on.

-CADKEY treats a 2-D spline as if you set the 2-D/3-D
switch to 2-D.

-CADKEY creates a spline until you indicate the endpoint
or position, until there are no points left, or until the
200th point.

-Delete or move to a nondisplayed level any point entities
not included in the spline.  Processing speed increases,
as does the likelihood that the spline passes through the
"correct points" when CADKEY creates it.

1. Change to the selected construction view and depth, and
   indicate the start position of the spline.  The
   Position Menu default is the point method-but you can
   use any Position Menu option.

2. Use an option from the Position Menu to indicate the
   second point to define the direction and start of the
   spline.

3. Indicate the final point through which the spline will
   pass.  If you press <Enter>, the spline's endpoint ends
   at the 200th point it passes through, or until CADKEY
   can find no more points on the screen.

4. CADKEY sorts all the point entities on the screen and
   projects them to the current construction plane.

5. To finish creating the spline, use the Start/End
   Condition Menu to choose the start and end condition
   for the spline.  No matter how you set the 2-D/3-D
   construction switch, CADKEY projects the indicated
   points to the current construction plane, and creates
   the spline in the current construction plane.
1
-11 0 0 !
197 52 Create 3d auto
3D AUTO automatically creates a 3-D spline through a path
of minimum distance point entities in 3-D space.

-The first position/point, second position/point, and
optional end position/point of an automatic spline define
its start and endpoints, and act as a direction guide for
creation.

-3D AUTO is easier to use when you have at least two
points on the screen.

-CADKEY creates the spline through the start point or
position and second point or position you select, then
through the next-nearest point or position projected, and
so on.

-CADKEY creates a spline until you reference the endpoint
or position, until there are no points left, or until the
200th point.

-Delete or move to a non-displayed level any point
entities not included in the spline.  Processing speed
increases, as does the likelihood that the spline will
pass through the "correct points" when CADKEY creates it.

1. Indicate the start position of the spline.  The
   Position Menu default is the point method, but you can
   use any valid option from the menu.

2. Use an option from the Position Menu to indicate the
   second position to define the direction of the spline.

3. Indicate the final position through which the spline
   will pass.  Press <Enter> only to end the spline at the
   200th point passed through, or at the last remaining
   point on the screen.

4. CADKEY keeps all indicated positions in world
   coordinates, then adds them to the list of eligible
   points for the spline.

5. To finish creating the spline, use the Start/End
   Condition Menu to choose the start and end condition
   for the spline.

6. CADKEY creates the spline through the first two points
   created, then through that point closest to the second,
   and so on.  The spline ends at the endpoint
   indicated-as long as you selected no more than 200
   points, in which case, CADKEY ends the spline on the
   200th point-or until CADKEY finds no other points on
   the screen.
1
-11 0 0 !
198 17 Create Mesh
MESH creates a spline mesh that simulates two-, three-, or
four-curve swept surface, a tabulated cylinder, a surface
of revolution, or a sphere.

CADKEY displays temporary meshes in the primary viewport.
It creates the final mesh in all viewports.

A director curve determines the direction of the sweep.  A
generator curve is the contour that CADKEY sweeps along
the director curve.  All node points of the spline mesh
lie on the actual surface.

The larger the number of segments you specify, the more
accurately the splines represent the surface.

If any of the splines' segments in the mesh is very small,
CADKEY does not add it to the database.
7
-1 0 1981 # 2 CURVE
-2 0 1982 # 3 CURVE
-3 0 1983 # 4 CURVE
-4 0 1984 # TAB CYL
-5 0 1985 # REVOLUT
-6 0 1986 # SPHERE
-11 0 0 !
211 17 Edit Trm/ext First
FIRST trims/extends the first selected curve.  FIRST is
view dependent.  View dependent means the current part is
not visible in any other view or perspective.

-You can extend splines only as far as their original
endpoints.

-UNDO, (Alt)-(I), removes the last trim or extend from the
first selected curve entity.

1. Select the entity to trim on the side that you want to
   keep, and near its intersection with the trimming
   entity.

2. Select the trimming entity near its intersection with
   the first entity.CADKEY trims the entity.  The side you
   selected to keep remains.
2
-10 0 21 #
-11 0 0 !
212 27 Edit Trm/ext Both
BOTH trims/extends two intersecting curve entities, except
for circles, to each other.  BOTH is view dependent.  When
you choose BOTH, you can use QTRIM to edit an entity with
a simple cursor selection.  QTRIM appears in the Status
Window just below LDR:BOTH.  Click on QTRIM to turn quick
trim ON.  The default is OFF.

When you want to trim an entity with QTRIM, make your
selection as far away from the intersecting entities as
possible.

-You can extend splines only as far as their original
endpoints.

-UNDO, (Alt)-(I), removes the last trim or extend you
applied to the two intersecting curves.

1. Select the first entity to trim or extend, on the side
   you want to keep.

2. Follow the directions in step 1 to indicate the second
   intersecting, or potentially intersecting, entity.

3. Choose the entity on the side to keep, with respect to
   where it intersects the first entity you want to trim
   or extend.  CADKEY trims or extends the entities.  The
   side you selected to keep remains.
2
-10 0 21 #
-11 0 0 !
213 22 Edit Trm/ext Double
DOUBLE trims/extends any curve, including a circle, to two
entities when you select which part of the entity you want
to keep.  DOUBLE is view dependent.

-You can select the same entity twice.

-You can extend splines only as far as their original
endpoints.

-UNDO, (Alt)-(I), removes the last trim or extend you
apply to a curve entity.

1. Select the entity to trim on the side of the entity to
   keep.

2. Select the first trimming entity, near the intersection
   with the first entity.  If you select the same
   intersection twice, an error message appears.

3. Select the second trimming entity the same way you
   selected the first.  CADKEY trims the entity.  The side
   you selected to keep remains.
2
-10 0 21 #
-11 0 0 !
214 25 Edit Trm/ext Divide
DIVIDE trims/extends any curve, except for a circle, into
two separate entities by selecting a portion of the entity
to remove.  DIVIDE is view dependent.

-At least one of the trimming entities you select must
intersect with the entity that you want to divide.

-You can extend splines only as far as their original
endpoints.

-UNDO, (Alt)-(I), removes the last trim or extend you
applied to your curve entity.

1. Select the entity to trim.

2. Select a curve as the first trimming entity, near the
   intersection with the entity that you want to divide.
   If you select the same intersection twice, an error
   message appears.

3. Select the next curve as the second trimming entity,
   near the intersection with the entity that you want to
   divide.  You can select the same curve if it intersects
   in a different place with the entity you want to trim.
   CADKEY trims the entity.
2
-10 0 21 #
-11 0 0 !
215 20 Edit Trm/ext Modal
MODAL trims/extends more than one curve entity to a
selected entity.

-MODAL works like FIRST.  By selecting several entities to
trim, you can perform multiple trimming with the same
trimming entity.  MODAL is view dependent.

-You can extend splines only as far as their original
endpoints.

-UNDO, (Alt)-(I), removes the last trim in a series of
trims.

1. Select the entity to which CADKEY trims/extends all
   selected entities.

2. Select any curve, except for a circle, on the side of
   the entity that you want to keep.  CADKEY trims/extends
   the entities you select.  The sides you select to keep
   remain.
2
-10 0 21 #
-11 0 0 !
216 14 Edit Trm/ext Positn
POSITN is CADKEY shorthand for position.  The option trims
or extends a curve entity to a position.

-You can trim or extend splines only as far as their
original endpoints.

-UNDO, (Alt)-(I), removes the last trim or extend you
applied.

1. Select the entity that you want to trim/extend on the
   side that you want to keep.  2.  Use an option from the
   Position Menu to indicate the position where you want
   to trim/extend the entity.  CADKEY trims/extends the
   entity.  The side you select to keep remains.
2
-10 0 21 #
-11 0 0 !
221 26 Edit Break First
FIRST breaks the first curve entity, except for circles,
based on its intersection with the indicated intersecting
entity.

-Use FIRST to remove unwanted lines.

-Make sure that the entities that you want to break
intersect and extend past the intersection point.

-Any entity you want to break keeps its current
attributes.  Assign attributes-color, line type, line
width, and pen number-and level before you select the
entity.

-For a sneak preview of the break before you accept it,
change the current color assignment before you select the
entities.

-UNDO, (Alt)-(I), removes the last break you applied and
rejoins the piece.

1. Select the piece of the break entity that will keep the
   same attributes after breaking.  2.  Select an
   intersecting entity, near the intersection of the break
   you want.  CADKEY breaks the entity.  The piece you
   selected to break keeps the current attributes.
2
-10 0 22 #
-11 0 0 !
222 28 Edit Break Both
BOTH breaks two intersecting curves, except for circles,
based on their intersections with each other.

-Use BOTH to remove unwanted lines.

-Make sure that any entities that you want to break
intersect and extend past the intersection point.

-Any entity you want to break keeps its current
attributes.  Assign attributes-color, line type, line
width, and pen number-and level before you select the
entity.

-For a sneak preview of the break before you accept it,
change the current color assignment before you select the
entities.

-UNDO, (Alt)-(I), rejoins the last curve entity you
selected to break.

1. Select the piece of the entity that will keep the same
   attributes after the break.

2. Select an intersecting entity, near the intersection of
   the break you want.  CADKEY breaks the entity.  The
   piece you selected to break keeps the original
   attributes.  The other piece takes on the current
   attributes.
2
-10 0 22 #
-11 0 0 !
223 35 Edit Break Double
DOUBLE breaks a selected curve entity, including a circle,
into two or three separate entities, defined by
intersections with two other entities.

-Use DOUBLE to remove unwanted lines.

-Make sure that any entities that you want to break
intersect and extend past the intersection point.

-Any entity you want to break keeps its current
attributes.  Assign attributes-color, line type, line
width, and pen number-and level before you select the
entity.

-For a sneak preview of the break before you accept it,
change the current color assignment before you select the
entities.

-UNDO, (Alt)-(I), rejoins the last break in the curve
entity.

1. Select the part of the entity you want to break that
   will keep the same attributes after the break.

2. Select the first of the two intersecting entities near
   the intersection point of the entity you want to break.

3. Select the second of the two entities in the same way,
   near the intersection point of the entity you want to
   break.  If the second entity intersects the entity you
   want to break at a different point, you can select the
   first reference entity again.  CADKEY breaks the
   entity.  The part you selected to break keeps the
   original attributes.  The other part takes on the
   current attributes.
2
-10 0 22 #
-11 0 0 !
224 37 Edit Break Divide
DIVIDE breaks a selected curve, except for a circle, into
three separate entities defined by two intersecting
entities.

-Use DIVIDE to remove unwanted lines.

-To break entities, make sure they intersect and extend
past the intersection point.

-Any entity you want to break keeps its current
attributes.  Assign attributes-color, line type, line
width, and pen number-and level before you select the
entity.

-If you select the same intersection twice, an error
message appears.

-For a sneak preview of the break, before you accept it,
change the current color assignment before selecting the
entities.

-UNDO, (Alt)-(I), rejoins the last break entity.

1. Select the piece of the entity that will keep the same
   attributes after the break.

2. Select the first of the two intersecting entities, near
   the intersection point of the piece you want to break.

3. Select the second of the two entities in the same way;
   near the intersection point of the entity you want to
   break.  If the second entity intersects the entity you
   want to break at a different point, select the first
   reference entity again.  CADKEY breaks the entity.  The
   piece you selected to break keeps the original
   attributes.  The other piece takes on the current
   attributes.
2
-10 0 22 #
-11 0 0 !
225 25 Edit Break Modal
MODAL breaks multiple curves, except for circles, into
separate entities.  Use MODAL to remove unwanted lines.

-To break entities, make sure they intersect and extend
past the intersection point.

-Any entity you want to break keeps its current
attributes.  Assign all attributes and levels before you
select the entity.

-For a sneak preview of the break, before you accept it,
change the current color assignment before selecting the
entities.

-UNDO, (Alt)-(I), rejoins the last BREAK, MODAL you
performed.

Select the break entity.

CADKEY breaks all entities that you select from this point
on at their intersections with this entity.

The piece you selected to break keeps the original
attributes.  The other piece takes on the current
attributes.
2
-10 0 22 #
-11 0 0 !
226 28 Edit Break Positn,
POSITN, which is CADKEY shorthand for position, breaks a
curve, except for a circle, into two separate entities
near a given position.

-The nearest position on the curve to the given position
must be between the entity's endpoints.

-Any entity you want to break keeps its current
attributes.  Assign attributes-color, line type, line
width, and pen number-and level before you select the
entity.

-For a sneak preview of the break before you accept it,
change the current color assignment before selecting the
entities.

-UNDO, (Alt)-(I), rejoins the last BREAK, POSITN you
performed.

1. Select the entity you want to break.  Make sure you
   select on the side of the part that you want to keep
   the original attributes.

2. Use an option from the Position Menu to indicate a
   position where you want to break the entity.  CADKEY
   breaks the entity.  The piece you selected to break
   keeps the original attributes.  The other piece takes
   on the current attributes.
2
-10 0 22 #
-11 0 0 !
241 53 Edit Bx move X-y-z
X-Y-Z moves entities and modifies selected portions of
entities by setting x, y, and z delta view coordinates.

-CADKEY allows one move or modification for each window
selection.

-You can select all displayable parts with XYZ.

-Dimensioning parts must be visible in the current view in
order to be selected.

-You can move splines, but you can't modify them.

-You can modify dimensions, leader lines, witness lines,
notes, labels, generic dimensions, and cross-hatching only
in the x and y directions of the view plane.

-You can move points, arcs, circles, conics, splines,
radial and diametric dimensions, notes, labels, generic
dimensions, and cross-hatching.

-You can't modify points, arcs, circles, conics, splines,
radial and diametric dimensions, notes, labels, generic
dimensions, and cross-hatching.

1. When CADKEY prompts you, use a rubberband box to
   surround the entities you want to move or the portion
   of the entities to modify.

2. Choose the two corners of the window by positioning the
   cursor and pressing the (Spacebar) or the cursor
   button.  If you use (Spacebar), enter x, y, and z
   coordinates.

Note: To change the position of dimension text without
repositioning the corresponding part, use DETAIL, CHANGE,
TXT POS.

3. After you use a rubberband box to select the entities,
   choose a value for the delta x view coordinate <Enter>.
   X is always horizontal regardless of the view you work
   in.  To accept the default value, press <Enter>.

4. Set a value for the delta y view coordinate the same
   way you did for the delta x view coordinate.  Y is
   always vertical, no matter what view you work in.

5. Set a value for the delta z view coordinate the same
   way you did for x and y.  Z always refers to depth,
   regardless of the view you work in.  The z coordinate
   points toward you.  The selected entities move to the
   new locatio n or change according to the position you
   designate.
2
-10 0 24 #
-11 0 0 !
242 41 Edit Bx move Base pt
BASE PT moves and modifies selected portions of entities
by setting base point positions.

-CADKEY allows only one move or modification for each
window selection.

-You can select any displayable entities with BASE PT.

-You can select only those dimensioning entities that you
can see.

-You can move splines, but you can't edit them.

-Modify dimensions, leader lines, witness lines, notes,
labels, generic dimensions, and cross- hatching in the x
and y directions of the view plane.

-Use BASE PT to move, not modify, points, arcs, circles,
conics, splines, radial or diametric dimensions, notes,
labels, generic dimensions, and cross-hatching.

1. When CADKEY prompts you, use a rubberband box to
   surround the entity you want to move or the portion of
   the entity you want to modify.  Choose the two corners
   of the window by moving your cursor and pressing the
   (Spacebar) or cursor button.  If you use (Spacebar),
   enter x, y and z coordinates for each corner.

Note: To change the position of dimension text without
repositioning the corresponding part, use DETAIL, CHANGE,
TXT POS.

2. Choose the current base position for the parts you
   select using the Position Menu.  The entities you
   select move using the base position as their common
   placement point.

3. After you choose the base position, the Position Menu
   appears.  Choose a new base position for your entities.
   he entities you select move to the new location or
   change and use the new base position.
2
-10 0 24 #
-11 0 0 !
251 32 Edit Group Make
MAKE groups entities you choose and treats them as one
entity.  When you first create a group, the first
available subgroup number is one.  You can add more
entities to the subgroup or to any one of the 256
subgroups.

1. Enter a group name up to eight characters long <Enter>.
   If the group name exists, the following prompt appears,
   with a NO/YES menu:

Group already exists....create subgroup #nn?

The number nn is the next available subgroup number in the
group.

2. Choose YES to create a new subgroup and to store more
   entities under the same group name.  If no subgroups
   are available, that is if all 256 subgroups are in use,
   an error message appears and CADKEY returns you to the
   GROUP menu.
   
3. Use the Selection Menu to select the entities you want
   to group.  If you select previously grouped entities,
   you can reassign the entities to the new group using
   one of three selection options:

GROUP
SUBGROUP
ENTITY

After you choose a selection type, CADKEY groups the
entities and redisplays the Selection Menu.
2
-10 0 25 #
-11 0 0 !
252 21 Edit Group Add to
ADD TO adds entities to an existing group.

1. Type an existing group name to which to add entities
   <Enter>.  If the group exists, CADKEY asks you to type
   an existing subgroup number to which to add the new
   selected entities.

2. Enter the subgroup number <Enter>.

If you enter a nonexistent group, the following error
message displays:

Group doesn't exist...press RETURN

3. Select the entities to add to the subgroup using the
   Selection Menu.
   
4. When you finish selecting entities, press <Enter>.
   CADKEY adds the entities you select to the subgroup you
   specify and redisplays the Selection Menu so you can
   select more entities.
2
-10 0 25 #
-11 0 0 !
253 20 Edit Group Degroup
DEGROUP ungroups selected entities without removing the
group and the subgroup references.

1. Use the Selection Menu to select the entities to
   degroup.

Three selection options appear:

GROUP
SUBGROUP
ENTITY

2. Select one of the three options.  CADKEY degroups the
   entities you select, but the group reference stays in
   the group table.

Use DELETE to remove the group completely.

3. Repeat step 1 to select more entities or press <Enter>
   to degroup.
2
-10 0 25 #
-11 0 0 !
254 10 Edit Group Delete
DELETE erases a group from the group table without
deleting the entities in the subgroups.

1. Type the group name to delete.  CADKEY deletes the
   group name from the group table and ungroups its
   entities.  CADKEY does not delete the entities.  If you
   enter a nonexistent group name, CADKEY displays the
   following error message:
   
Group doesn't exist...press RETURN
2
-10 0 25 #
-11 0 0 !
255 17 Edit Group List
LIST displays a list of groups in the part file.

Note: Don't confuse a group name, or reference, with the
group's entities.  Think of a group as a level.  A level
and a group name can exist without any entities.

A pop-up list of the current group names and numbers of
subgroups displays.  If some groups aren't listed on the
first page, follow the screen prompts to see the next page
of the list.  After the complete group list appears, you
see the following prompt:

Total number of groups in part = nn (press RETURN)

The number nn is the total number of groups in the table.
Even though some groups have no entities, they stay in the
list until you delete them.
2
-10 0 25 #
-11 0 0 !
261 48 Edit Autoseg Ents
ENTS creates a specified number of segments of equal
lengths on a selected curve.  The segments you create are
the same type as the selected entity.  For example, if you
select an arc as a reference entity, CADKEY creates the
segments as arcs.

-You can create up to 500 entities or segments.  Because
new entities have the current attribute settings, choose
attributes before you select the reference entities.

-For easy manipulation, create entity segments on a
different level.

Using ENTS

1. Enter the number of segments, from 1 to 500 <Enter>.

2. Select the curve on which CADKEY creates the new entity
   segments.  If you select an arc or circle, enter, in
   degrees, the start and end angles to choose the part
   of the entity used to create segments.

3. CADKEY displays the current start and end angles of the
   reference entity in parentheses.  Press <Enter> to
   accept the default, or enter different values.  Press
   <Enter> after each entry.

4. CADKEY draws a series of x markers on the reference
   entity to show where it performed the segmentation.
   Choose YES to accept the placement markers or NO to
   select a new entity.

5. Choose to group entities from the NO/YES menu.  If you
   choose YES, you see this prompt:
   
Enter group name ( ):

6. Type the group name <Enter> or press <Enter> to accept
   the default.  CADKEY checks whether the group already
   exists.  If it does, you see this prompt:
   
Group already exists...  create subgroup #nn?

The number nn is the next available subgroup number in the
group.  Choose YES or NO from the menu.  If you choose
YES, CADKEY creates the subgroup.  CADKEY creates the
entity segments, which have the current color, line type,
line width, pen number, and level.
2
-10 0 26 #
-11 0 0 !
262 45 Edit Autoseg Lines
LINES creates a specified number of new line entities of
equal length.

-You can create up to 500 line segments.  Be sure to pick
current attributes before selecting reference entities.

-For easy manipulation, create line segments on a
different level.

Using Lines

1. Enter the number of line segments, from 1 to 500
   <Enter>.

2. Select the curve entity.  If you select an arc or
   circle, enter, in degrees, the start and end angles.

3. The current start and end angles of the reference
   entity appear in parentheses.  Press <Enter> to accept
   the defaults, or enter, in degrees, new values.  Press
   <Enter> after each entry.

4. CADKEY draws a series of x markers on the reference
   entity to indicate where the program will segment.
   From the NO/YES menu, choose YES to accept the markers
   or NO to select a new entity.

5. From the NO/YES menu, choose to group the segments.  If
   you choose YES, you see this prompt:
   
Enter group name ():

Type a group name <Enter> or press <Enter> to accept the
default.

6. CADKEY checks whether the group already exists.  If it
   does, you see this prompt:
   
Group already exists... create subgroup #nn?

The number nn is the next available subgroup number in the
group.  Choose from the NO/YES menu to answer the prompt.

7. CADKEY creates the entity segments and uses the current
   color, line type, line width, pen number, and level.
2
-10 0 26 #
-11 0 0 !
263 22 Edit Autoseg Points
POINTS creates points on selected entities at the point of
intersection with a plane that you define.

-Set the attributes for the points you want to create
before using POINT.

-You can use POINTS only with lines, arcs, circles,
conics, splines, and polygons.

1. Use the Selection Menu to select the entities on which
   you want to create points.

2. From the Plane Definition Menu, choose a method to
   define the plane.

After you define the plane, CADKEY displays a temporary
icon that shows the orientation of the new plane.

3. A NO/YES menu appears.  Choose YES to accept the plane.
   Choose NO to start again.  After you define the plane,
   CADKEY creates points at the points of intersection for
   all selected entities crossing the plane.
2
-10 0 26 #
-11 0 0 !
281 26 Edit Section Trim
TRIM cuts selected entities to their intersection with a
plane that you define.

-Use TRIM with only lines, arcs, circles, conics, splines,
and polygons.

-With TRIM, entities that form a closed region, a circle
or a polygon, must intersect at least twice in the defined
plane.

-If a selected entity crosses the defined plane more than
once, CADKEY divides it into a number of new entities.

Using TRIM

1. Use the Selection Menu to select the entities to trim.

2. From the Plane Definition Menu, choose a method to
   define the plane.  After you define the plane, CADKEY
   displays a temporary icon that shows the orientation
   of the new plane.

3. Use the Position Menu to indicate a side of the plane
   on which the entities will stay the same.  If CADKEY
   finds intersections, it trims the entity to the
   defined plane.
2
-10 0 28 #
-11 0 0 !
282 37 Edit Section Break
BREAK separates selected entities at their intersections
with a plane that you define.  You can use this option
only with lines, arcs, circles, conics, splines, or
polygons.

-To use BREAK on entities that form a closed region like a
circle or a polygon, the entities must intersect the
defined plane at least twice.

-If a selected entity crosses the defined plane more than
once, CADKEY divides it into a number of new entities.

-When you break an entity, the entities on the selected
side keep their original attributes, while the entities on
the other side take on any new attributes.

-To spot broken entities quickly, change the color
attribute setting before selecting entities.

-You can group entities.  Entities that remain after the
break stay grouped.

Using BREAK

1. Use the Selection Menu to select the entities to break.

2. From the Plane Definition Menu, choose a method to
   define the plane.  After you define the plane, CADKEY
   displays an icon that shows you the current position
   and orientation of the new plane.

3. Use an option from the Position Menu to indicate a side
   of the plane on which the entities stay the same.If it
   finds intersections, CADKEY breaks the entity to the
   defined plane.  The entities on the selected side of
   the plane keep their original attributes; the entities
   on the other side use newly assigned attributes.
2
-10 0 28 #
-11 0 0 !
284 63 Edit Section Del/chg,
DEL/CHG, which is CADKEY shorthand for delete or change,
removes or modifies the current attributes of entities
that lie on the side of a plane.

When you choose DEL/CHG, the following menu appears.

DELETE
CURR ATT

DELETE removes entities that intersect in a plane that you
define.

1. Choose DELETE.

2. A NO/YES menu appears.  To delete the entities that
   intersect with the defined plane, choose YES.  Choose
   NO to exclude them.

3. Use the Selection Menu to select the entities to
   delete.

4. From the Plane Definition Menu, choose a method to
   define the plane.

5. Use an option from the Position Menu to indicate which
   side of the plane you want to keep.

CADKEY deletes the entities that lie on the other side of
the plane.  If you choose to delete the entities that
intersect the plane, CADKEY removes those entities, too.

If you did not delete intersecting entities, CADKEY
deletes only the entities lying on the opposite side of
the plane.

CUR ATT, which is CADKEY shorthand for current attributes,
changes the attributes of entities that intersect or lie
on a selected side of a plane that you set with the
current attributes.  Attributes include: color, line type,
line width, pen number, and level.

1. A NO/YES menu appears.  To change the entities that
   intersect the defined plane, choose YES.  Choose NO to
   exclude them.

2. Use the Selection Menu to select the entities you want
   to change.

3. From the Plane Definition Menu, choose a method to
   define the plane.  After you define the plane, CADKEY
   displays an icon that shows the current position and
   orientation of the new plane.

4. Use an option from the Position Menu to indicate the
   side of the plane on which the entities keep their
   original attributes.

5. Entities that lie on the selected side of the plane
   remain the same.  If you don't change intersecting
   entities, only the entities lying on the opposite side
   of the plane take on the current attributes.  If you
   update entities that intersect the plane, CADKEY
   changes them.
2
-10 0 28 #
-11 0 0 !
311 4 Detail Dimensn Horiztl,
HORIZTL, which is CADKEY shorthand for horizontal, places
a horizontal dimension between positions.  It measures the
horizontal distance between two positions you select and
creates a horizontally oriented dimension.
2
-10 0 31 #
-11 0 0 !
312 4 Detail Dimensn Verticl,
VERTICL, which is CADKEY shorthand for vertical, places a
vertical dimension between specified positions.  It
measures the vertical distance between two positions you
select and creates a vertically oriented dimension.
2
-10 0 31 #
-11 0 0 !
313 14 Detail Dimensn Paralel
PARALEL lets you create a parallel dimension between two
specified positions and along an axis.

1. Indicate the first and second positions for
   dimensioning using options from the Position Menu.

2. Indicate a position for the dimension text using an
   option from the Position Menu.

Choose an axis selection method:

REF-PTS
KEY-IN
TWO-PTS
5
-1 0 3131 # REF-PTS
-2 0 3132 # KEY-IN
-3 0 3133 # TWO-PTS
-10 0 31 #
-11 0 0 !
314 7 Detail Dimensn Radius
RADIUS lets you dimension the radius of an arc or circle.

Choose an option for dimensioning the radius:

REGULAR
EDGE
BENT
5
-1 0 3141 # REGULAR
-2 0 3142 # EDGE
-3 0 3143 # BENT
-10 0 31 #
-11 0 0 !
315 14 Detail Dimensn Angular
ANGULAR lets you dimension the angle between two
non-parallel lines or between three specified points.

Choose a method for defining the angle you want to
dimension:

2 LINES
3 PTS

Keep the following in mind:

-You cannot select parallel lines.

-Use SET to change dimension display specifications.
4
-1 0 3151 # 2 LINES
-2 0 3152 # 3 PTS
-10 0 31 #
-11 0 0 !
316 7 Detail Dimensn Diametr
DIAMETR is CADKEY shorthand for diameter.  DIAMETR lets
you dimension the diameter of a specified arc or circle.

To get started, choose an option from the following menu:

REGULAR
EDGE
4
-1 0 3161 # REGULAR
-2 0 3162 # EDGE
-10 0 31 #
-11 0 0 !
317 29 Detail Dimensn Ordinat
ORDINAT lets you create and edit ordinate dimensions.  An
ordinate dimension is a dimension that uses a surface from
which to measure dimensions.  You can create all
dimensions on a horizontal, vertical, or parallel axis
using aligned or non-aligned settings.  After you set the
dimensions, you can add, move, delete, or align them and
keep the original characteristics.

Choose from the menu to create or edit ordinate
dimensions:

CREATE
MODIFY

-       Ordinate dimensions can take on most attributes
        you choose in SET, CHANGE, or UPDATE.  Ordinate
	dimensions cannot use TOLER, WITNESS, or ARROW.

-       You can see ordinate dimensions only in the view
        in which you create them.

-       You can have no more than 500 dimensions for each
        string of ordinates.

-       Leader lines align with the center of the
        dimension text.

-       The selection point of any ordinate dimension is
        in the bottom, left corner of the dimension text.
4
-1 0 3171 # CREATE
-2 0 3172 # MODIFY
-10 0 31 #
-11 0 0 !
318 8 Detail Dimensn Serial
SERIAL lets you create a series of dimensions.  You can
create chain, baseline, or running serial dimensions.

Choose an option from the following menu:

CHAIN
BASELN
RUNNING
5
-1 0 3181 # CHAIN
-2 0 3182 # BASELN
-3 0 3183 # RUNNING
-10 0 31 #
-11 0 0 !
319 6 Detail Dimensn Chamfer
CHAMFER lets you dimension a chamfer using a linear
dimension.  When you choose CHAMFER, you see the following
submenu:

C
X 45DEG
4
-1 0 3191 # C
-2 0 3192 # X 45DEG
-10 0 31 #
-11 0 0 !
321 31 Detail Note Keyin
KEYIN lets you enter text to create notes from the
keyboard.  You can use the same text at different
locations in your part file.

1. Type the note text.

2. When you finish entering text, choose SAVE TX, or press
   <Enter> twice.

3. Indicate the note text placement.  CADKEY positions the
   text according to the note placement alignment in SET,
   TEXT.

The text appears as a note entity each time you choose a
new position.

Keep the following notes in mind:

-The system crops notes that are longer than 1024
characters.  Remember CADKEY counts pressing <Enter> as a
space.

-CADKEY crops lines that are longer than 80 characters.

-Notes can include any of the following characters:

!@#$%^&o() +-={}[]~'":;?/>.<,|\ 0-9, A-Z, a-z, ±, , ø,
Spacebar, and <Enter>

-You can't use underscores and other special characters
in your text.
2
-10 0 32 #
-11 0 0 !
322 14 Detail Note Disk
DISK lets you import ASCII text from a disk file to your
part file.  For example, you might create notes in your
favorite word processor, convert the notes to ASCII
format, and save the notes to disk.  Then import the note
text using the DISK option to add the note to your part
file.

1. Type the disk note filename.

If CADKEY can't find the file, a prompt appears.  Try
again or press F10.

2. Use an option from the Position Menu to place the disk
   note.
2
-10 0 32 #
-11 0 0 !
323 52 Detail Note File
FILE creates a note by importing an existing ASCII text
file from a disk.  The note you create contains a filename
with its drive, pathname, extension, and text attributes.

CADKEY stores the path where the note exists.  To draw,
print, plot, or save a part file that has a file-based
note, CADKEY accesses the specified text file.  If you
don't store your file in your CADKEY note file directory,
make sure the file specification includes the correct
drive, pathname, filename, and extension.  If you send
part files with file notes to another directory, make sure
you include the file note and its path.

1. Enter the complete pathname and filename including the
   correct file extension <Enter>.  If you don't enter a
   drive or pathname, the program looks for the text file
   in your CADKEY note directory.

2. Choose a position for the note.  CADKEY uses the lower
   left corner of the first line in the note position.

3. To create another note with the same text file, choose
   another position.

4. To set a different text file, choose BACK-UP and type a
   new filename.

Keep the following notes in mind:

-Unlike DETAIL, NOTE, DISK, there is no size restriction
for the text file that you use to create a file-based
note.

-CADKEY crops lines more than 128 characters long.

-Replace tabs with spaces before importing in a file-based
note.  CADKEY ignores tabs in the text file.  CADKEY
treats spaces as characters.

-CADKEY ignores special effects like underlining and
bolding that you create using your text editor or word
processor.

-Use DETAIL, SET, TEXT to specify note height, font,
alignment, and character aspect ratio before you read in
the note text.

-Include the correct filename extension when you enter the
filename, such as txt or dat.

-IGES does not support file notes.  If you use IGES to
export a part file, you will lose the note.
2
-10 0 32 #
-11 0 0 !
324 45 Detail Note Dump nt
DUMP NT is CADKEY shorthand for dump note.  It exports the
text from an existing note to a disk-based ASCII text
file.

1. Select the note.

2. Enter a filename <Enter>, or press <Enter> to accept
   the default.  The file specification can include a
   drive and a pathname.

If the same filename already exists in the directory you
choose, CADKEY asks you if it should replace the existing
file with your new text file.

3. Choose NO or YES.  If you choose NO, CADKEY prompts you
   to enter a new filename.  If you choose YES, CADKEY
   creates the text file with the filename you choose.

Keep the following notes in mind:

-NOTE, DUMP NT supports notes you create with DETAIL,
NOTE, KEYIN and DETAIL, NOTE, DISK.

-DUMP NT does not support notes you create with DETAIL,
NOTE, FILE.

-Keyed-in notes and disk-based notes cannot have more than
1024 characters.

-Notes cannot have more than 128 characters per line.

-If you don't enter a pathname when you name the text
file, the program stores the text file in your CADKEY note
directory.  See "Configuration" in Getting Started for
more information about setting a pathname for the note
directory.

-If you do not include an extension when naming the text
file, CADKEY uses the extension not.

-You can use text files that you output from NOTE, DUMP NT
to create disk-based notes and file-based notes.  When you
create notes from text files that are larger than 1024
characters, avoid cropping them by choosing DETAIL, NOTE,
FILE.
2
-10 0 32 #
-11 0 0 !
341 15 Detail Arr/wit Arrows
ARROWS lets you create arrows that are separate entities
than those you can create using the DIMENSN options.  You
can then create your own dimensions, complete with arrows,
text notes, and witness lines.

You can create arrows in four ways.  Choose an option from
the following menu:

ENDPTS
STRING
PARALEL
PERPEND

See the "DETAIL" chapter in the Reference Manual for
information on using the above options.
2
-10 0 34 #
-11 0 0 !
342 60 Detail Arr/wit Witness
WITNESS lets you create witness lines that are separate
entities than those you can create using the DIMENSN
options.  You can then create your own dimensions,
complete with arrows, text notes, and witness lines.

You can create witness lines in four ways.  Choose an
option from the following menu:

ENDPTS
STRING
PARALEL
PERPEND

ENDPTS creates a witness line by setting start and end
points.

1. Choose from the Position Menu to locate a start point
   position for a witness line.

2. Choose the end point the same way you chose the start
   point.

After CADKEY draws the witness line, you see a prompt for
the start point of a new witness line.

STRING creates a series of witness lines in which the
endpoint of one line is the starting point of the next.

1. Choose an option from the Position Menu to locate a
   start position for a witness line.

2. After you select the first point, you can draw a series
   of witness lines by specifying end points.  The arrows
   point in the direction of the second position you
   select.

PARALEL creates a witness line parallel to an existing
line through a specified point.

1. Select a reference line that you want the witness line
   to be parallel to.

2. Use an option from the Position Menu to select a
   location to display the new witness line.

CADKEY creates a witness line as long as the reference
line.  The witness line points in the same direction as
the selected line.

PERPEND creates a witness line from a chosen point
perpendicular to an existing line.

1. Select a reference line where you want to put a
   perpendicular witness line.

2. Choose a location from which to extend a perpendicular
   witness line to meet the reference line.

The new witness line meets the chosen line at 90 with the
arrow touching the reference line.
2
-10 0 34 #
-11 0 0 !
351 188 Detail X-hatch Create
CREATE lets you choose a cross-hatch pattern from CADKEY's
18 default patterns.  It lets you enter a slant angle for
the hatch lines and enter the distance between the hatch
lines.  Take advantage of CADKEY's Quick Hatch for easy
selections.  For more information about Quick Hatch, see
"Quick Hatch" in this section.  Also, you can choose from
your own customized cross-hatch patterns that you create
with CADKEY's xhatch.dat file.

HTCHINT is CADKEY shorthand for cross-hatch intersection.
When you cross-hatch an entity, HTCHINT finds any
intersections between entities to form a closed boundary.
HTCHINT appears in the Status Window just above SELLST.
The default is ON.  Take advantage of HTCHINT, and let
CADKEY do the work of defining a closed cross-hatch
boundary.  Before you cross-hatch an entity, check the
Status Window to see if HTCHINT is ON.  If you turn
HTCHINT OFF, make sure you trim or break the entities that
extend beyond the selected boundary.

NOTE: If you modify a cross-hatch with HTCHINT OFF, CADKEY
does not automatically find the intersecting entities to
define a closed boundary, even though you may have created
the original cross-hatch with HTCHINT ON.

The Cross Hatching Dialog Box

When you choose X-HATCH, CREATE, CADKEY displays the Cross
Hatching dialog box.  The sections that follow tell you
how to cross- hatch an area using the Cross Hatching
dialog box.  For more information on dialog boxes and how
to use them, see Getting Started.

The first six out of the 18 default cross-hatch patterns
appear in the dialog box.  To see the next six of the 18
default cross-hatch patterns, click on Next in the dialog
box.  Click on Next again to see the remaining six default
cross-hatch patterns.  To go back to the previous set of
cross-hatch patterns, click on Prev.

Click on one of the 18 default cross-hatch patterns.
Also, you can click on the cross-hatch name that appears
below the pattern.

A highlight box surrounds the selected cross-hatch pattern
and name.

Quick Hatch lets you select an area to cross-hatch quickly
and easily with one cursor-pick.  Quick Hatch uses a chain
selection method to define a cross-hatch boundary.

-Make sure you define all boundaries of an area or CADKEY
will cross-hatch the area incorrectly.

-CADKEY cannot use the chain selection method to find
intersections with closed arcs, conics, polylines, and
splines.

-CADKEY cannot chain to 3-D splines or polygons.

-Quick Hatch uses the current construction plane to find
its chaining entities.  If you do not set the construction
plane (CPLANE), CADKEY uses the current display view and
depth to define a plane to chain.

-Do not use on-edge arcs or circles to define a
cross-hatch boundary.  When you use Quick Hatch to define
a cross-hatch boundary, you position your cursor near one
of the edges of the boundary.

CADKEY uses the area you select to form a chain inside the
model to complete a closed boundary.  The chaining method
selects a series of connected and intersecting endpoints.

You can also use CADKEY's Selection Menu to define a
cross-hatch boundary.  When you use the Selection Menu,
make sure you define all boundaries of an area or CADKEY
will cross-hatch the area incorrectly.

Chaining Paths

CADKEY can chain in more than one direction.  When this
happens, the chain reaches a branching point.  You tell
CADKEY what path the chain should take.  All of the
available paths appear as highlighted dashed entities.
Cursor select the dashed entity you want the chain to
continue with, or press Esc or F10 to stop the chaining
completely.  If the end entity in the chain is the same as
the start entity, you do not have to select a path for the
chain.  CADKEY completes the chain automatically.

Angle lets you define the slant of the hatch lines.

Move to the Angle box and type an angle value, in degrees,
for the slant of the hatch lines.  For single cross-hatch
styles, if you type 0, the lines are horizontal.  For
double cross-hatch styles, if you type 0, the lines are
horizontal and vertical.

Space lets you define the distance between hatch lines.
The smaller the value, the closer the lines; the larger
the value, the further apart the hatch lines.  The
distance cannot be a negative number.

Click on the Space box and type a value for the distance
between hatch lines.  For patterns with varied spacing
between lines, such as Steel and Rubber, the value you
enter represents the distance between the closest lines in
the pattern.

Islands An island is an area inside another area.  You can
select islands to be included in cross-hatching.
Cross-hatching draws from the outermost selected boundary
until it reaches the first selected island.  From there,
CADKEY stops cross-hatching until it reaches the next
selected island and so on.

An island can be as many levels deep as you want, as long
as the island consists of a closed boundary of entities.
When you use the Selection Menu, make sure you select a
closed boundary or CADKEY will cross-hatch the area
incorrectly.

NOTE: You do not have to edit entities with EDIT, BREAK to
form a perfectly closed boundary.  When you select your
cross-hatch boundary, CADKEY finds any intersecting
entities that extend beyond their endpoints, and forms a
closed boundary.  For more information on intersections
and boundaries, see the "HTCHINT" section.

Islands can include notes and dimensions.  When you
cross-hatch a boundary with a note in it, CADKEY surrounds
the text with an island box, and cross-hatches the area
around the dimension or note.

Ready, Set, Go

Now that you've finished making the necessary changes in
the Cross Hatching dialog box, you are ready to
cross-hatch an area.

1. To save your changes and begin cross-hatching, click on
   OK or press <Enter> in the Cross Hatching dialog box.

2. If you turned on Quick Hatch in the Cross Hatching
   dialog box, position the cursor and click near one of
   the edges of the boundary, inside the area you want to
   cross-hatch.

-CADKEY can chain in more than one direction.  When this
happens, the chain reaches a branching point.  You tell
CADKEY which path the chain should take.  All the
available paths appear as highlighted dashed entities.
Cursor select the dashed entity you want the chain to
continue with, or press Esc or F10 to stop the chaining
completely.

-If the end entity in the chain is the same as the start
entity, you do not have to select a path for the chain.
CADKEY completes the chain automatically.

or;

If you did not choose Quick Hatch, select the entities
that you want to cross-hatch by using one of the methods
from the Selection Menu.

NOTE: When working with multiple viewports, CADKEY asks
you to cursor select the viewport with the entities you
want to cross-hatch.

3. After you make your selection, choose YES from the
   NO/YES menu or press <Enter> to begin cross-hatching.
   Choose NO to continue to select entities.  Press
   <Enter> after your selection.

CADKEY begins to cross-hatch.  If HTCHINT is ON, CADKEY
finds any intersecting entities that extend beyond the
cross-hatch boundary and forms a closed boundary.  To stop
cross-hatching at any time, press Esc.

NOTE: Like dimension entities, cross-hatch entities are
view-dependent; cross-hatching appears only in the view in
which you created it.

4. If you make a mistake, choose UNDO in the Break Area or
   press (Alt)-(I).  CADKEY deletes the cross-hatch, and
   you can select another cross-hatch boundary.
2
-10 0 35 #
-11 0 0 !
352 67 Detail X-hatch Modify
MODIFY lets you add and subtract entities to an existing
cross-hatch boundary.  When you add or subtract entities
from a cross-hatch you have already created, CADKEY
updates any changes to the existing cross-hatch
automatically.

-You cannot use ADD or SUBTRACT at the same time when you
edit an existing cross-hatch.

Cross-hatch association is the relationship between the
original cross-hatch and the entities you use to define
its boundary and islands.  For example, when you add to or
subtract entities from an existing cross-hatch, CADKEY
recognizes the link between the original cross-hatch and
its new boundary/island entities and automatically updates
the cross-hatch to reflect the changes.

HTCH_UP is CADKEY shorthand for cross-hatch update.  When
you modify a cross-hatch boundary, CADKEY recognizes the
association between the original cross-hatch and its
boundary entities.  HTCH_UP updates the cross-hatch to
reflect the changes.  Look for HTCH_UP in the Status
Window just below HTCHINT.  The default is OFF.

-HTCH_UP will work with the following options:

BX MOVE
X-FORM
TXTPOS
TXTATT
EDIT
SPLINE

If you want CADKEY to automatically update changes you
make to the cross-hatch boundary, make sure HTCH_UP is on
in the Status Window.  If HTCH_UP is off, you can choose
DETAIL, UPDATE to update your cross-hatch.  Disassociation
is what happens when CADKEY no longer recognizes the link
between a part's original cross-hatch and the entities you
use to define its boundaries and islands.  When you try to
update a cross-hatch that has an open boundary/island, you
break the link or association between the cross-hatch and
its boundary/island entities.  CADKEY does not update the
cross-hatch.  Once you break the link, CADKEY
disassociates the cross-hatch from its new boundary/island
entities and the cross-hatch remains in its original
state.  If you try to update a cross-hatch from a previous
CADKEY version, you will need to recreate the
cross-hatches if you want CADKEY to recognize the
association between the original cross-hatch and its
boundary/island entities.

DLM NOTE: Once you modelize a drawing instance or an
entire layout, you break its association, or link, to the
original cross-hatch.  That is, CADKEY disassociates the
two.  Using MODIFY To modify an existing cross-hatch,
choose an option from the following menu: ADD adds
entities to an existing cross-hatch's boundary or islands.
SUBTRACT subtracts entities from an existing cross-hatch's
boundary or islands.

1. Cursor select an existing cross-hatch.  CADKEY's
   Selection Menu appears.

2. Use the Selection Menu to ADD to or SUBTRACT entities
   from the cross-hatch and press <Enter>.  CADKEY changes
   the current cross-hatch according to your selection.
2
-10 0 35 #
-11 0 0 !
361 67 Detail Layout Load
LOAD lets you create a new layout or activate an existing
layout.

The Load Layout dialog box appears.

ACTIVATING AN EXISTING DRAWING LAYOUT

1. Scroll through the Layout list box and highlight the
   name of the layout you want to activate.

As you scroll through the layouts in the Layout list box,
the information in the grayed- out layout data area
changes to reflect each layout's specifications.

2. Click on OK.  You see the Load Layout confirmation
   screen.  Click on OK to confirm the layout that you
   want to load, or click on Cancel to return to the Load
   Layout dialog box.

CADKEY displays the layout in the Drawing Window.

CREATING A NEW DRAWING LAYOUT

1. Click on New to create a new drawing layout.

The New Layout dialog box appears.

2. Type a name for the new layout.  You can enter a name
   of up to 20 characters.

3. Move to the Description text line and type a
   description for the new layout (optional.) You can
   enter a description of up to 42 characters.

4. Move to the Paper Size list box.  Scroll through the
   different paper sizes and highlight the paper size that
   you want.  As you choose different paper sizes, the
   scale entry in the Drawing Scale list box changes
   accordingly.

The list includes the standard American and European paper
sizes and a user-definable paper size.  If you choose
KEY-IN, the grayed-out Height and Width categories
highlight and you can enter a height and width in either
inches or millimeters.

If you change the paper size, the location and scale of
the drawing instances update so that they appear in the
same locations and at the same scale as they did with
paper size that was active when you placed them.

5. Move to the Drawing Scale list box.  Scroll through the
   different drawing scale ratios and highlight a drawing
   scale.  If you choose KEY-IN, the grayed-out Actual
   Scale box highlights and you can enter a value.

CADKEY brings all drawing instances in at the drawing
scale that you enter here.  You can modify the drawing
scale of individual drawing instances later using DETAIL,
LAYOUT, INSTANCE, MODIFY, SCALE or all the instances by
choosing DETAIL, LAYOUT, MODIFY.

6. Click on OK or press <Enter> to save your changes.  You
   return to the LAYOUT menu in Drawing Layout Mode.  If
   you activated an existing layout, it appears.  If you
   created a new layout, you see the dashed paper
   boundary.
2
-10 0 36 #
-11 0 0 !
362 37 Detail Layout Modify
MODIFY lets you change a layout's name, description, paper
size, and drawing scale.

The Modify Layout dialog box appears.

The dialog box displays the current drawing layout's
parameters and lets you change the layout's name,
description, paper size, and drawing scale.

1. To change the drawing layout's name, type a name for
   the drawing layout on the Name text line.

2. To change the drawing layout's description, position
   the cursor on the Description text line and type a new
   description.

3. To change the drawing layout's paper size, position the
   cursor in the Paper Size list box, scroll through the
   list, and highlight a new paper size.  If you choose
   KEY-IN, the grayed-out Height and Width categories
   highlight and you can enter a height and width in
   either inches or millimeters.

4. To change the drawing layout's drawing scale, position
   the cursor in the Drawing Scale list box, scroll
   through the list, and highlight a new scale ratio.  If
   you choose KEY-IN, the grayed- out Actual Scale box
   highlights and you can enter a value.

Remember that you are changing the drawing scale of every
drawing instance in the layout.  To change the scale of
individual drawing instances already appearing in the
layout, choose DETAIL, LAYOUT, INSTANCE, MODIFY, SCALE.

5. Click on OK to save your changes and return to the
   LAYOUT menu, or click on Cancel to exit the dialog box
   without saving changes.
2
-10 0 36 #
-11 0 0 !
363 33 Detail Layout Delete
DELETE lets you delete any drawing layout belonging to the
current part file.

The Delete Layout dialog box appears.

DELETING A LAYOUT

1. Scroll through the Layout list box and highlight the
   name of the drawing layout that you want to delete.  To
   delete the current layout, click on Current and then
   see Step 2.

As you scroll through the layouts in the Layout list box,
the information in the grayed-out layout data area changes
to reflect each layout's specifications.

2. CADKEY prompts you to confirm that you want to delete
   the chosen drawing layout.  Click on OK to delete the
   layout, or click on Cancel to return to the Delete
   Layout dialog box without saving changes.

If you click on Cancel you can choose another layout to
delete, or click on Cancel again to return to the LAYOUT
menu.

If you delete a layout and have others in the database,
CADKEY sends you to the Load Layout dialog box to activate
another layout.  If you delete the only drawing layout in
the database, CADKEY sends you to the New Layout dialog
box.  In DLM, CADKEY always needs a drawing layout active,
so you need to create at least one before you continue.
If you do not, CADKEY automatically returns you to Model
Mode.
2
-10 0 36 #
-11 0 0 !
364 39 Detail Layout Copy
COPY lets you make a copy of any of your drawing layouts.
You usually want to create a copy of a layout for one of
the following reasons:

-To make a backup copy of your layout; do this before you
modelize.

-To create another layout with a different name based on
the same model with the same specifications of the layout
you want to copy.

-To create multiple revisions of your layout.

The Copy Layout dialog box appears.

COPYING A LAYOUT OTHER THAN THE ACTIVE LAYOUT

1. Scroll through the layouts in the Layout list box and
   highlight the name of the drawing layout that you want
   to copy.  Confirm that you want to copy that layout by
   clicking on Ok, or click on Cancel to return to the
   Copy Layout dialog box to make another choice.  See
   Step 2 below.

-As you scroll through the layouts in the Layout list box,
the information in the grayed-out layout data area changes
to reflect each layout's specifications.

COPYING THE CURRENT LAYOUT

1. Click on the Current button.

2. When CADKEY displays the Copy Layout dialog box, enter
   a name or description for the new layout and click on
   OK to accept your changes, and OK again to confirm, or
   click on Cancel to back up without saving changes.

If you choose LAYOUT, LOAD now, you see the name of the
new layout copy in the Layout list box.
2
-10 0 36 #
-11 0 0 !
365 12 Detail Layout Instance
INSTANCE is CADKEY shorthand for drawing instance.  You
can use options in the INSTANCE menu to add new instance
views to your layout, make various changes to instances,
align instances, or change or deactivate the active
instance.

Choose an option from the following menu:

CREATE
MODIFY
ALIGN
ACTIVE
6
-1 0 3651 # CREATE
-2 0 3652 # MODIFY
-3 0 3653 # ALIGN
-4 0 3654 # ACTIVE,
-10 0 36 #
-11 0 0 !
366 34 Detail Layout Modelize
MODELIZE converts instance-specific entities to
layout-specific entities so that you can edit and enhance
them in the drawing layout without returning to MM to
alter the original part file.

Once you modelize an entity, drawing instance, or an
entire layout, you break its association, or link, to the
part file in Model Mode.  That is, CADKEY disassociates
the two.  When you modelize, CADKEY changes the
instance-specific entities to layout-specific entities.
Once you modelize an instance, you cannot use any of the
INSTANCE options in relation to it.  CADKEY no longer
considers it an instance because it no longer consists of
instance-specific geometry.

Choose an option for modelizing from the following menu:

ENTITY
INSTANCE
LAYOUT

Keep the following notes in mind:

-To change the original part file, return to Model Mode.
You cannot modify the original model while you are in
Drawing Layout Mode.

-If you return to MM, modify the original part file, and
then return to DLM, you will see only the changes you made
reflected in instance-specific entities that you did not
modelize.

-See the "DETAIL" chapter in CADKEY's Reference Manual for
specific information on using MODELIZE.
5
-1 0 3661 # ENTITY
-2 0 3662 # INSTANCE
-3 0 3663 # LAYOUT
-10 0 36 #
-11 0 0 !
367 16 Detail Layout Set
SET lets you:

-Turn the paper border on and off.

-Highlight any dimensions that CADKEY automatically
updated, and any instance-specific entities that you
edited or created in Model Mode since the last time you
worked on the layout.

-Highlight all instance-specific geometry in a layout.

Choose an option from the following menu.

PAP LMTS
SHOW NEW
SHOW INST
5
-1 0 3671 # PAP LMTS
-2 0 3672 # SHOW NEW
-3 0 3673 # SHOW INST
-10 0 36 #
-11 0 0 !
368 31 Detail Layout Exit,
EXIT, or (Alt)-(G), lets you to exit Drawing Layout Mode
and return to Model Mode.  When you return to MM, your
part file appears exactly as it did before you entered
Drawing Layout Mode.

If you then choose to exit CADKEY from MM, press Esc and
then press (Alt)-(E).  When you see the prompt, choose YES
to save the current part file before you exit.  This is
very important.  If you do not save the part file, CADKEY
will not save any of the drawing layouts you created.

If you chose not to return to DLM but want to exit CADKEY
directly from DLM, follow these steps:

1. From anywhere in the menu structure in Drawing Layout
   Mode, press Esc to return to the Main Menu.

2. Press (Alt)-(E) to exit CADKEY.  When you see the
   prompt, choose YES to save the current part file before
   you exit.  This is very important.  If you do not save
   the part file, CADKEY will not save any of the drawing
   layouts you created.

Keep in mind that when you save a part file, CADKEY
remembers which system mode you were in when you saved it.
The next time you reenter CADKEY and load the part that
you saved, CADKEY returns you to the mode you were in when
you saved the part and displays the part as it looked when
you saved it.  It's almost like CADKEY places a bookmark
in the file and opens it to exactly the same spot the next
time you open the file.
2
-10 0 36 #
-11 0 0 !
371 34 Detail Change Txt att
TXT ATT is CADKEY shorthand for text attributes.  It
changes the font, text height, font slant angle, font fill
class, note angle, and character aspect of existing
dimensions, notes, and labels.

These options let you set the line spacing of notes and
file-based note entities.  You can also create mirror
images of existing notes.

1. Choose the attribute to change:

FONT - character font type HEIGHT - text height NOT ANG -
note at an angle ASPECT - character aspect ratio MIRROR -
mirror note SLANT - character slant angle FILL - fill
selected font LIN SPAC - line spacing DONE

You can choose more than one attribute.

2. Change the attributes and choose DONE.

Keep the following notes in mind:

-New text height must be greater than or equal to
.0000001.

-Character aspect ratio must be greater than or equal to
.01, and less than or equal to 100.

-NOT ANG and MIRROR apply to note text only.  NOT ANG and
MIRROR do not support dimension text and labels.

-The slant angle of the font must be between -31 and +31 .

-Use LIN SPAC with notes only.
10
-1 0 3711 # FONT
-2 0 3712 # HEIGHT
-3 0 3713 # NOT ANG
-4 0 3714 # ASPECT
-5 0 3715 # MIRROR
-6 0 3716 # SLANT
-7 0 3717 # FILL
-8 0 3718 # LIN SPAC
-10 0 37 #
-11 0 0 !
372 25 Detail Change Txt pos
TXT POS changes the text position of an existing
dimension, note, or label.

1. Select the text.  A box surrounds the text and attaches
   to the graphics cursor according to the text placement
   parameters you set.

2. Cursor select a new position for the text.

CADKEY centers the text in the new box at its new
location.  It modifies leaders, arrows, and witness lines
automatically.

Keep the following notes in mind:

-Move ordinate dimension text toward or away from the
current ordinate position.  Use MODIFY, MOVE in ORDINAT to
reposition the ordinate location.

-Blank spaces at the beginning of a text line count as
characters.  Don't forget to account for them when you
select text.

-In the configuration program, assign rubberbanding a
different color than the graphics cursor.
2
-10 0 37 #
-11 0 0 !
373 25 Detail Change Edit tx
EDIT TX is CADKEY shorthand for edit text.  It uses the
on-line text editor allowing you to modify text in
existing dimensions, labels, disk-based notes, and
keyed-in notes.

Use the text editor when you create dimensions with
manually entered text, notes with keyed-in text, or
labels.

1. Select the text to edit.

2. Edit text using the keys and Text Editing menu options.

3. To save the text you edit, choose SAVE TX.

4. To exit the text editor and return to the previous menu
   without changing the text, choose BACK-UP.

Keep the following notes in mind:

-You cannot edit file-based notes with EDIT TX.

-Entities cannot have more than 1024 characters.

-Lines cannot have more than 128 characters.
2
-10 0 37 #
-11 0 0 !
374 18 Detail Change Dim val
DIM VAL lets you change the displayed dimension values.

The current DIM VAL, for example, feet and inches, remains
in effect.

1. Select the dimension to change.

The prompt line displays the default value in parentheses.
It represents the true size of the dimension, and ignores
scales or previous dimension value changes such as
manually entered dimensions.  The prompt line tells you
whether the dimension has changed.

2. Enter a new dimension value <Enter>.  To accept the
   default, just press <Enter>.

CADKEY redraws the text with the new dimension value and
the original tolerance.
2
-10 0 37 #
-11 0 0 !
375 19 Detail Change Dim rep
DIM REP changes existing linear, radial, diametrical, and
ordinate dimensions.  You can change angular dimensions to
decimal, feet, inches, or fractions.

Choose a decimal representation from the menu.

DECIMAL
FRACTIN
FT/IN
DEGREES
DEG/MIN

Keep the following notes in mind:

-CADKEY rounds measurements in fractional or feet or
inches to the nearest fractional unit specified.

-DEGREES and DEG/MIN are only available for angular
dimensions.
7
-1 0 3751 # DECIMAL
-2 0 3752 # FRACTIN
-3 0 3753 # FT
-4 0 3754 # DEGREES
-5 0 3755 # DEG
-10 0 37 #
-11 0 0 !
376 20 Detail Change Witness
WITNESS changes the witness line display on an existing
dimension.

1. Cursor select the dimension you want to change.  Choose
   a method from the following menu.

BOTH - displays both witness lines of the dimension.

FIRST - displays the first of two witness lines in the
order you stored them in the database.

SECOND - displays the second of two witness lines in the
order you stored them in the database.

NONE - displays no witness lines.

2. FIRST or SECOND displays one witness line.

If the wrong witness line displays, repeat the selection
process.
2
-10 0 37 #
-11 0 0 !
377 5 Detail Change Arrows
ARROWS changes the direction and style of dimension
arrows.  Choose a method to use for changing arrows.

DIRECT
STYLE
4
-1 0 3771 # DIRECT
-2 0 3772 # STYLE
-10 0 37 #
-11 0 0 !
378 9 Detail Change Toler
TOLER is CADKEY shorthand for tolerancing.  It changes the
tolerance value and the tolerance type of an existing
decimal dimension.

You cannot use TOLER for ordinate dimensions or manually
entered dimensions.  Choose the tolerance type.

VALUES
TYPE
4
-1 0 3781 # VALUES
-2 0 3782 # TYPE
-10 0 37 #
-11 0 0 !
379 18 Detail Change Dim scl
DIM SCL is CADKEY shorthand for dimension scale.  It
changes a dimension value by applying a scale factor.

1. Enter a new dimension scale factor <Enter>.

2. Select the dimensions to you want to change.

CADKEY redraws selected dimension values with the scale
factor applied.

Keep the following notes in mind:

-You can't apply scaling to angular dimensions and
manually entered dimensions using DIM SCL.

-CADKEY applies the dimension scale you choose to the
original dimension value.  It ignores any scaling
previously applied to the dimension.
2
-10 0 37 #
-11 0 0 !
441 19 X-form Scale Full
FULL moves each position on the selected entities,
changing the size of the geometry, but not its shape.

-The vector from the base position to the moved position
is the scale factor multiplied by the vector from the base
position to the original position.

1. Choose an option from the MOVE, COPY, JOIN menu.

2. Use the Selection Menu to select the entities to scale.

3. If you chose COPY or JOIN, type the number of copies
   and press <Enter>.

4. Use an option from the Position Menu to indicate a base
   position.  COORD: in the Status Window tells you if the
   axes are world or view coordinates.

5. Enter a scale factor.
2
-10 0 44 #
-11 0 0 !
442 58 X-form Scale Unidir
UNIDIR is CADKEY shorthand for unidirectional.  The option
changes the size of geometry in one direction, leaving the
size unchanged in directions normal to the scaling
direction.  UNIDIR creates an effect of stretching or
squeezing the geometry.  The distance from the base plane
to the moved position is a specified scale factor
multiplied by the distance from the base plane to the
original position.  Base plane means the plane normal to
the scaling direction, which contains the base position.

-A positive scale factor keeps the moved position on the
same side of the plane as the original, unmoved position.

-A negative scale factor moves the position to the
opposite side of the plane.

1. Define the scaling direction using one of the following
   options:

2 PTS
KEY-IN
VIEW
2D ENT

2 PTS defines the scaling direction as the vector from one
position to another.  Use an option from the Position Menu
to indicate the two positions.  Type the scale factor and
press <Enter>.

KEY-IN lets you enter x, y, and z values for the vector.
COORD: in the Status Window tells you if the coordinates
are world or view.

Type the x, y, and z values of the vector <Enter>.  Type
the scale factor and press <Enter>.

VIEW defines the scaling direction as being normal to a
view's display plane.

Type the view number and press <Enter>.Type the scale
factor and press <Enter>.

2D ENT defines the scaling direction as being normal to an
arc, conic, or 2-D spline.

1. Cursor select the entity.  Type the scale factor and
   press <Enter>.

2. Choose an option from the MOVE, COPY, JOIN menu.

3. Use the Selection Menu to select the entities to scale.

4. If you chose COPY or JOIN, type the number of copies
   and press <Enter>.

5. Use an option from the Position Menu to indicate a base
   position.  COORD: in the Status Window tells you if the
   axes are world or view coordinates.
2
-10 0 44 #
-11 0 0 !
443 22 X-form Scale Axes
AXES is just like UNIDIR, except that the scaling is done
three times with the same base position and three
different, mutually perpendicular, scaling directions.
The scale is either world coordinate axes or view
coordinate axes, depending on how you set the COORD:
switch in the Status Window.

sX= sY= sZ=

1. Choose an option from the MOVE, COPY, JOIN menu.

2. Use the Selection Menu to select the entities to scale.

3. If you chose COPY or JOIN, enter the number of copies
   and press <Enter>.

4. Use an option from the Position Menu to indicate a base
   position.

5. Type a scale factor for each axis and press <Enter>.
   COORD: in the Status Window tells you if the axes are
   world or view coordinates.
2
-10 0 44 #
-11 0 0 !
451 6 X-form Mirror 1 pt h
1 PT H defines the plane perpendicular to the construction
plane, horizontal with the construction view, and
containing a specified position.

Use an option from the Position Menu to indicate the
position.
2
-10 0 45 #
-11 0 0 !
452 6 X-form Mirror 1 pt v
1 PT V defines the plane perpendicular to the construction
plane, vertical to the construction view, and containing a
specified position.

Use an option from the Position Menu to indicate the
position.
2
-10 0 45 #
-11 0 0 !
453 5 X-form Mirror 2 pts
2 PTS defines a plane perpendicular to the construction
plane.

Use an option from the Position Menu to indicate two
points.
2
-10 0 45 #
-11 0 0 !
454 40 X-form Mirror Plane
PLANE defines the plane using the standard plane menu.

3 PTS defines the plane containing two or three specified
positions.  CADKEY prompts you for three positions.

To define the plane normal to the construction plane and
containing two positions, indicate two positions, and
press (§) when CADKEY prompts you for the third position.

To define the plane containing three positions, indicate
the three positions.

PT/LINE defines the plane containing a specified position
and a selected line.

Use an option from the Position Menu to indicate the
position.  Cursor select the line.

2 LINES defines the plane containing two intersecting
lines.

Cursor select the lines.

VW/DPTH defines the plane corresponding to a constant
depth in a specified view.

Type the view number and press <Enter>.

Indicate the depth by choosing VALUE or POSITION.

        VALUE lets you enter the depth.

        POSITION use the Position Menu to indicate the
        depth.

ENTITY defines the plane containing a 2-D entity or the
plane that contains a line and is normal to the
construction plane.

Cursor select a line, arc, conic, or 2-D spline.
2
-10 0 45 #
-11 0 0 !
461 18 X-form Project Normal
NORMAL projects the selected entities along a vector
normal to the projection plane.

1. Choose NORMAL.

2. Choose an option from the MOVE, COPY, JOIN menu.

3. Use the Selection Menu to select the entities you want
   to project.

4. Choose one of the following options to define the
   projection plane:

3 PTS
PT/LINE
2 LINES
VW/DPTH
ENTITY
7
-1 0 4611 # 3 PTS
-2 0 4612 # PT/LINE
-3 0 4613 # 2 LINES
-4 0 4614 # VW/DPTH
-5 0 4615 # ENTITY
-10 0 46 #
-11 0 0 !
462 18 X-form Project Skewed
SKEWED projects the selected entities along a vector that
you define.

1. Choose SKEWED.

2. Choose an option from the MOVE, COPY, JOIN menu.

3. Use the Selection Menu to select the entities you want
   to project.

4. Choose one of the following options to define the
   projection plane:

3 PTS
PT/LINE
2 LINES
VW/DPTH
ENTITY
3
-1 0 4621 # 3 PTS
-10 0 46 #
-11 0 0 !
511 26 Files Part Save
SAVE stores a drawing as a part file.

Saving a Part File

1. Enter a filename <Enter>, or press <Enter> to accept
   the default.

2. If you enter an existing filename, CADKEY asks you if
   you want to replace the existing file.

Choose NO or YES from the NO/YES menu.

Note:If a file is saved without an extension the system
will save the file with the default .prt.  If a file is
saved without an extension but with a .,the system will
not add an extension.  You can use any 3 character
alphanumeric sequence for the extension.

DLM Note: Always save a part file after you create drawing
layouts and before you exit CADKEY.  If you do not save
the part file, CADKEY will not save the drawing layouts.
The system mode you save a part file in is the mode you
enter the next time you load the part file.  In other
words, if you save a part file in Drawing Layout Mode and
then reload the same part file later, CADKEY displays the
part and puts you in Drawing Layout Mode.
2
-10 0 51 #
-11 0 0 !
512 16 Files Part Load
LOAD retrieves a saved part file from disk.

1. Before you retrieve and display a new part, decide
   whether you want to save or replace the current part.
   Choose NO or YES from the NO/YES menu to answer the
   prompt.

2. To load a new part, type the filename and press
   <Enter>.  If the file is not in the default part file
   directory, type the path name as well as the filename.

DLM Note: The system mode you save a part file in is the
mode you enter the next time you load the part file.  In
other words, if you save a part file in Drawing Layout
Mode and then reload the same part file later, CADKEY
displays the part and puts you in Drawing Layout Mode.
2
-10 0 51 #
-11 0 0 !
513 6 Files Part List/ld
LIST/LD lets you select a file to load.

When you choose LST/LD, CADKEY displays a dialog box from
which you can select a part file to load.  The displayed
list of the part files is built from the default part
directory.
2
-10 0 51 #
-11 0 0 !
521 22 Files Pattern Create
CREATE stores selected entities as a pattern.

Creating a Pattern File

1. Use the Selection Menu to select entities for the
   pattern file.

2. Use the Position Menu to indicate a base position for
   your pattern.  CADKEY uses this base position when
   placing the pattern in other parts.

3. Enter a filename and press <Enter>, or accept the
   default name by pressing <Enter>.  4.  If you enter an
   existing pattern filename, CADKEY asks you if you want
   to replace the existing file.  Choose NO or YES from
   the NO/YES menu.

Note:If a file is saved without an extension the system
will save the file with the default .ptn extension.  If a
file is saved without an extension but with a ., the
system will not add an extension.  You can use any
three-character alphanumeric sequence for the extension.
2
-10 0 52 #
-11 0 0 !
522 85 Files Pattern Retriev
RETRIEV loads in a saved pattern file.

-Make sure the pattern file is compatible with the current
version of CADKEY.  To convert pattern files created with
a previous version of CADKEY, use CADUTIL.

-With the VALUE UPDATE switch in the Detail Set dialog box
set to NO CADKEY does not update the displayed values of
dimensions in the pattern file.

1. Enter the name of an existing pattern file <Enter>.  A
   pattern file can have any three character alphanumeric
   extension or none at all.

2. To group the pattern file parts, enter a group name
   and, if necessary, a subgroup number <Enter>.

3. Choose an option from the following menu to set the
   level assignments in the pattern file:

CUR-LEV
ENT-LEV
KEY-IN
OFFSET

CUR-LEV tells CADKEY to keep all entities in the pattern
file on the current active level when you retrieve them.

ENT-LEV tells CADKEY to keep each entity in the pattern
file on the level assigned to it when you created the
pattern file.

KEY-IN lets you enter the level you want CADKEY to put all
entities in the pattern file on.  If you select KEY-IN,
CADKEY prompts you to enter a new level number for the
pattern file.  Enter the level number <Enter> or press
<Enter> to put the entities on the current active level.

OFFSET tells CADKEY to set a new level number for each
entity in the pattern file by adding an offset value to
the entities current level.  An integer is any whole
number, the negative of a whole number, or zero.

-If you choose OFFSET, CADKEY prompts you to enter a
level offset value.  Enter a positive or negative integer
for the offset factor <Enter>, or press <Enter> to keep
the same level settings.

-If an entity's level number is greater than 256 or less
than 1, it will be placed on level 1.

4. After you define level assignments, CADKEY asks you to
   enter a scale factor for the pattern file.  With the
   Value Update switch in the Detail Set dialog box set to
   YES, CADKEY applies the scale factor to all parts in
   the pattern file except for the displayed and actual
   values of angular dimensions and the displayed values
   of dimensions that you entered manually.

5. Enter a scale factor for the pattern file <Enter>.  To
   accept the default value, press <Enter>.

6. Rotate the pattern by entering a new rotation angle.
   Positive angle values move counter-clockwise.  Negative
   angle values move clockwise.

CADKEY applies the rotation angle you specify to all
entities in the pattern file.  The text angle is always
zero degrees for labels and for dimension text not aligned
with the dimension's leaders.

When you rotate dimension text aligned with the
dimension's leaders, CADKEY makes sure that you don't draw
the dimension text at an unreadable angle.

Enter a rotation angle value <Enter>, or to accept the
default value, press <Enter>.

7. Choose an option from the Position Menu and indicate a
   base position for the pattern inside the current part.
   The pattern appears in the current part file, at the
   scale and rotation angle you chose.

8. Load another copy of the pattern file or press (F10) to
   exit.
2
-10 0 52 #
-11 0 0 !
523 14 Files Pattern List/rtv
LIST/RTV is CADKEY shorthand for list and retrieve.  It
lists and selects pattern files to retrieve from the
default directory.

-PATTERN files created with a previous version of CADKEY
must be compatible with the current version.  Use CADUTIL
to convert files that you created with an earlier version
of CADKEY.

-With the Value Update switch in the Detail Set dialog box
set to NO, CADKEY does not update the displayed values of
dimensions in the pattern file when you retrieve the file.
When you choose LST/RTV, CADKEY displays a dialog box from
which you can select a pattern
2
-10 0 52 #
-11 0 0 !
531 40 Files Plot Save
SAVE stores the current part as a plot file in the view
you select.

-If a plot filename exists in the current directory,
CADKEY replaces it with a new file.

Saving a Plot File

1. Enter a filename for the plot file and press
   <Enter>.When more than one viewport appears, cursor
   select the viewport display you want to store as a plot
   file.

2. Store the plot file by the pen numbers set in the
   drawing, PEN #, or by the color mapping set in the
   configuration program, COLOR.

PEN # stores the plot file using the pen number attribute
you set when you created each entity.  The pen number
attribute has a maximum value of eight.

COLOR stores the plot files using the color you set when
you created each entity.  The color attributes range from
1 to 15.  You can control the color on up to 15 pens on
the plotter.

The configuration program also lets you map graphics
colors to plotter pen numbers in different orders.  If you
don't want to set graphics colors 1-15 to plotter pens
1-15, in the same order, use another mapping order.
Mapping helps when your part has more colors than your
plotter has pens.  Also, you can assign more than one
graphics color to the same plotter pen number.

3. Choose an option from the Selection Menu and choose the
   entities to store in the plot file.  CADKEY makes the
   plot file automatically and displays the following
   prompt.

Making plot file...please wait
2
-10 0 53 #
-11 0 0 !
532 4 Files Plot List
LIST displays a list of all plot filenames in the current
plot directory.  When you choose LIST, CADKEY displays a
dialog box from which you can view all existing plot file
names in the default \plt directory.
2
-10 0 53 #
-11 0 0 !
541 134 Files Cadl Output
OUTPUT writes entities, remarks, and the system group
table to a CADL file.  Along with selected entity types,
CADKEY also transfers attributes like color, line type,
line width, text font, and level number to the ASCII file.

-CADKEY outputs geometric entities as 3-D data primitives
and, if necessary, as associated view matrices.

-If you do not choose DONE, CADKEY might save an empty
file, leaving you with a file with zero bytes.

Outputting CADL Files

1. Choose a filename for the CADL file.  If you don't set
   a drive or a path name, CADKEY outputs the file to the
   default CADL directory.

2. Choose an output option from the following menu:

SELECT
LEVEL
ALL ENT
POSITN
REMARK
GRP TBL
SYS PAR
SET OPT
DONE

SELECT selects the entities you want to output to the CADL
file using the Selection Menu.  If you use SINGLE or CHAIN
to select the entities, CADKEY outputs the entities to the
CADL file in the order you chose them.  If you use any
other selection method, CADKEY outputs the entities you
select in the order you created them in the database.

LEVEL outputs all the entities from a designated level to
the CADL file.  Enter the level number to load output
entities from, <Enter>.  Press <Enter> to accept the
active level shown in parentheses on the prompt line.
CADKEY outputs all entities from the level you choose to
the CADL file, regardless of whether they appear on the
screen.

ALL ENT automatically selects all entities, in the current
database and outputs them to the CADL file, regardless of
whether they appear on the screen.

POSITN displays the Position Menu.  Depending on what
option you select from the Position Menu, CADKEY writes a
special remark primitive, REM POSITION, to the CADL file.
The z coordinate value depends on the status of the
2-D/3-D construction switch.

REMARK lets you enter one or more text strings written to
the CADL file as remarks, REM.  Type the text string
<Enter>.  When the text string is complete, press <Enter>
twice.  You can't have more than 256 characters per
string.

GRP TBL outputs the system group table to the CADL file as
a group primitive.  See "CADL" in the CADKEY Desktop Tools
for more information.  If CADKEY finds any associated text
data in the GRP.TXT file, it records it after the group
primitive record, as a REM GRP record.  combination of the
statements that describe the current system setup for the
part.  A header contains the following statements:

SET UNIT
WINDOW
SCALE
VIEW
SET VIEW
SET COLOR
SET LEVEL
SET LINETYPE
SET LINEWIDTH
SET PEN
SET DEPTH
SET TEXTHT
SET TEXTASP
SET TEXTANG
SET TEXTFONT

Using SYS PAR Example

1. The first time you start CADKEY, set the viewport,
   view, color, line type, line width, pen number,
   displayed levels, construction level, construction
   depth, and text attributes.

2. Choose CADL, OUTPUT and create a CADL file.  Give it a
   filename like Profile.

3. Choose SYS PAR to give a part header to the CADL file.
   Choose DONE to close the CADL file.

4. Whenever you begin a new part, use CADL, EXECUTE to run
   the CADL file you just created.  This ensures that
   CADKEY uses the system settings stored in the CADL
   file.  If you use the CADL file method, you can add
   views that you use frequently, and you can set initial
   view scaling commands.

SET OPT sets output options for a CADL file.  Choose the
options before you output the entities they affect.  SET
OPT has the following options:

DEC PRE sets the number of digits to the right of the
decimal point and controls accuracy.  The option accepts
up to 15 places.  Set the default in the configuration
program.

ATT OUT decides whether output records for each graphic
primitive include attributes for color, level, group,
subgroup, and pen number.  Entities such as points, lines,
vpoints, vlines, vpolygons, conics, arcs, circles,
splines, polylines, polygons, and text are data
primitives.  The attribute list for text graphic
primitives includes rotation angle, height, aspect ratio,
and font number.

SPL REP sets the representation for splines-coefficient or
node.  The default is coefficient.

DIM INFO outputs dimension text, reference lines, and
witness lines into the CADL file.

DONE exits and closes the file.  Choose DONE when you
complete all entries to the CADL file.  The file closes
and CADKEY returns you to the CADL menu.

-If you do not choose DONE, CADKEY might save an empty
file, leaving you with a file with zero bytes.
2
-10 0 54 #
-11 0 0 !
542 18 Files Cadl Execute
EXECUTE reads an ASCII CADL file, stores data primitives
as entities, and executes CADL commands.  ASCII CADL files
are not compiled.

-To run a compiled CADL file, use FILES, CADL, BINEXEC.

-To run an ASCII CADL file, use FILES, CADL, EXEC.

-CADKEY gives ASCII CADL files a cdl extension.

1. Enter a filename for the CADL file you wish to execute
   <Enter>.  If you don't choose a drive or a path name,
   CADKEY searches for the file in the CADL directory you
   set in the configuration program.

2. CADKEY reads CADL data primitives and stores them as
   entities in the database.  The system uses CADL
   commands when it needs them.
2
-10 0 54 #
-11 0 0 !
543 18 Files Cadl Bin exec
BIN EXEC is CADKEY shorthand for binary execute.  It
reads-in a previously compiled CADL file, stores data
primitives as entities, and executes CADL commands.  A
data primitive is an entity that a graphics program can
draw, store, and manipulate.

-A compiled version of a CADL file runs two to five times
faster than an ASCII version of the same file.

-To run a compiled CADL file, use FILES, CADL, BINEXEC.

-CADKEY gives binary CADL files a cdx extension
automatically.

Enter a filename for the CADL file <Enter>.  If you don't
specify a drive or a path name, CADKEY searches for the
file in the default CADL directory set in the
configuration program.
2
-10 0 54 #
-11 0 0 !
544 12 Files Cadl List/exe
LIST/EXE lists and executes existing ASCII CADL files or
compiled CADL files and stores data primitives as
entities, and executes CADL commands.

-CADKEY displays ASCII versions of CADL files a cdl
extension.

-CADKEY displays compiled versions of CADL files a cdx
extension.

When you choose LIST/EXE, CADKEY displays a dialog box
from which you can select a CADL file to execute.
2
-10 0 54 #
-11 0 0 !
551 20 Files Macros Library
LIBRARY creates, loads, and modifies macro libraries, used
to store a group of macros.

-A macro library can hold names and data for as many as
400 macros.

-If you don't specify a path name when you name a macro
library, CADKEY uses the default path name you set in the
configuration program.

Choose an option for managing macro libraries from the
following menu:

LOAD
APPEND
DELETE
LST/EXE
RENAME
TXT-OUT
TXT-IN
9
-1 0 5511 # LOAD
-2 0 5512 # APPEND
-3 0 5513 # DELETE
-4 0 5514 # LST/EXE
-5 0 5515 # RENAME
-6 0 5516 # TXT-OUT
-7 0 5517 # TXT-IN
-10 0 55 #
-11 0 0 !
552 189 Files Macros Binding
BINDING creates, retrieves, and modifies binding files
that you use to assign existing macros to the keyboard and
to column and row positions on your tablet.  The system
automatically adds the extension bnd to any binding files
that you create with BINDING.

-CADKEY does not save the settings you choose and modify
in BINDING automatically.  After you use any of the
BINDING options, use SAVE to create or to update the
binding file.

-You can assign a macro to more than one key.  CADKEY
treats some (Ctrl), (Alt), and (Shift) combinations as one
key, but you can't use the same key combination used by an
existing Immediate Mode command.

-If you bind a macro to an alphanumeric key, you cannot
begin an equation with that key, for example, when you use
the on-line calculator.

-Before you assign a macro to a tablet position, define
the active tablet area in the configuration program.

-You can assign a macro to multiple column and row
positions on your tablet.

-To activate keys and tablet positions, load the matching
binding file.

-If a binding file has the same filename-but with a bnd
extension-as a macro library, CADKEY loads the binding
file automatically when you open that macro library.

-CADKEY loads a binary bindings file faster than it does
an ASCII bindings file.

To change or set binding files, choose one of the
following options:

SAV ASCII
SAV BINRY
LOAD
KEY
TABLET
KEY-TAB
CLR-KEY
CLR-TAB

SAV ASCII saves or updates an ASCII binding file that has
the key and tablet assignments you chose with the other
options.

Enter the path name and name of the binding file <Enter>.
If the filename you choose already exists, choose YES or
NO to indicate whether you want to replace the existing
file.  If you choose NO, CADKEY does not save the updated
binding file.  You can create a binding file with a text
editor.

SAV BINRY updates a binary binding file that has the key
and tablet settings you chose with the other options.

Remember, CADKEY loads a binary bindings file faster than
it does an ASCII bindings file.  Enter the path name and
name of the binding file <Enter>.

If the filename you choose already exists, CADKEY asks you
if you want to replace the existing file.  Choose YES or
NO.  If you choose NO, CADKEY does not save the updated
binding file.

LOAD retrieves an existing binding file.

Enter the filename <Enter>.  The system loads the file and
turns on the assigned keys and tablet positions.

KEY assigns a macro to a selected key.  You can assign a
macro to almost any key.

Using KEY

1. Enter the macro name <Enter>.

2. Press the key that you want to assign to the macro.  If
   you select an invalid key, CADKEY displays an error
   message and prompts you to press <Enter> and to select
   a new key.

If you choose a key that already has a macro bound to it,
CADKEY replaces the existing key binding with the new key
binding you choose.

3. To assign other macros, repeat the steps for binding
   keys.

4. To save a binding file with the assignments that you
   just defined, choose SAVE.

TABLET assigns a macro to a specific column and row
position on your tablet.

1. Enter the name of the macro <Enter>.

2. Choose a tablet position in a valid tablet function
   selection area- as you set in the configuration
   program.  For more information on the configuration
   program, see Getting Started.  If your tablet menu
   areas are uneven sizes, you can assign the same macro
   to more than one column and row position on your
   tablet.

3. To assign more macros to tablet positions, repeat the
   steps for binding to a tablet.  To save a binding file
   with the assignments that you just defined, choose
   SAVE.

KEY-TAB assigns a specific key to a tablet position.

1. Press the key you want to use, and choose the column or
   row position on your tablet.

2. To save a binding file with the assignment that you
   just defined, choose SAVE.

CLR-KEY clears a key that has a macro assigned to it.

1. Press the key you want to clear.  If there is no macro
   assigned to the key, CADKEY displays an error message
   and prompts you to press <Enter>.

2. To save a binding file with this change, choose SAVE.

CLR-TAB clears a tablet position that has a macro bound to
it.

1. Select the tablet position that you want to clear.  If
   there is no macro assigned to the position, an error
   message displays and CADKEY prompts you to press
   <Enter>.

2. To save a binding file with the new setting, choose
   SAVE.

Creating a Binding File

You can create a binding file by selecting FILES, MACROS,
BINDING, or by using an ASCII text editor.  If the binding
file has the same filename as a macro library, but with a
bnd extension, CADKEY loads the binding file automatically
when you open the macro library.  Each line in a binding
file uses the following format.  Brackets, [ ] , mean that
key and tablet assignments are optional.

    name [#key number] [ROW COL]

    name - the name of a macro.

    #key number - a code for the key you assign to the
    macro.  The code has a # sign, followed by the
    hexadecimal number for an ASCII character.  For the
    ANSI extended character set, the 1 also goes before
    the key number.  For example, in ANSI, #13B stands
    for F1.

    ROW COL - the tablet position- row and column
    positions- you assign to the macro.  KEYTAB lets you
    bind a key to a tablet position.  KEYTAB uses the
    following format:

        KEYTAB #key number ROW COL

Rules for Creating Binding Files

The following rules apply when creating binding files:

-The binding file must include a line for each macro in
the macro library.

-If you don't assign a macro to a key or a tablet
position, the macro name is the only entry in the macro
library.

-If you assign the macro to a key, the key number follows
the macro name.

-If you assign the macro to a tablet position, the ROW,
COLUMN index comes after the macro name and the key
number.  The following section shows a sample binding
file.
2
-10 0 55 #
-11 0 0 !
561 25 Files Cde Open
OPEN loads a CDE module.  The CDE module you open overlays
any previously opened functions that have the same name.
To make the functions inside the CDE available for you to
work with, choose EXECUTE or LIST/EXE after you choose
OPEN.

-If you try to open a CDE that CADKEY doesn't recognize,
you see an error message.  Check your spelling and the
default CDE path name.  Press <Enter> to clear the
message.

-If you try to open a CDE module with corrupt data in it
or one that wasn't built correctly, you see an undefined
symbols error message.  Type in a different CDE name and
press <Enter>.

Using OPEN

1. CADKEY prompts you for the name of the CDE you want to
   open.

2. Enter the name of the CDE <Enter>.  You see a dialog
   box displaying the status of opening the CDE.

3. CADKEY opens the CDE.
2
-10 0 56 #
-11 0 0 !
562 17 Files Cde List/opn
LIST/OPN displays a list of all CDEs found in the default
CDE directory.  To make the functions inside the CDE
available for you to work with, choose EXECUTE or LIST/EXE
after you choose LIST/OPN.

-If you try to open a CDE module with corrupt data in it
or one that wasn't built correctly, you see an "undefined
symbols" error message.  Choose again from the list and
click on OK or press <Enter>.

Using LIST/OPN

A dialog box appears, displaying the names of all CDEs
stored in the current CDE directory.  When you choose
LIST/OPN, CADKEY displays a dialog box from which you can
select a CDE to open.  The displayed list of the CDE is
built from the default part directory.
2
-10 0 56 #
-11 0 0 !
563 8 Files Cde Close
CLOSE closes a CDE and marks its functions for removal.
If you also used a CADL program to open the CDE module,
the CDE module stays open until the CADL program has
completed executing.

1. Enter the name of the CDE you want to close <Enter>.

2. CADKEY closes the CDE.
2
-10 0 56 #
-11 0 0 !
564 8 Files Cde List/cls
LIST/CLS

The LIST/CLS option displays a pop-up list of all CDE
modules currently open.

Click on the CDE to close.

CADKEY closes the CDE.
2
-10 0 56 #
-11 0 0 !
565 13 Files Cde Execute
EXECUTE

The EXECUTE option starts a function from a opened CDE
module.

1. Enter the name of the function you want to execute
   <Enter>.  CADKEY starts the function.

2. If the CDE does not contain the function, you see an
   error message.  Press <Enter> and try again.

Check your spelling and make sure you opened the right
CDE.
2
-10 0 56 #
-11 0 0 !
566 9 Files Cde List/exe
LIST/EXE

The LIST/EXE option displays a list of all currently
available CDE functions that you can execute.  You can
execute a function by picking it from the list.

Choose the function from the list.

CADKEY starts the function.
2
-10 0 56 #
-11 0 0 !
641 4 Display View Vport
VPORT assigns the display view associated with a selected
viewport to the working viewport.  Cursor select a
viewport to which you want to assign the selected view.
The viewport uses the new display view automatically.
2
-10 0 64 #
-11 0 0 !
642 2 Display View Entity
ENTITY lets you select an existing planar entity to define
a view.  Select an entity.  CADKEY sets the new view.
2
-10 0 64 #
-11 0 0 !
643 94 Display View New
NEW creates a new display view using an option you choose.

-CADKEY gives new views the next available view number in
the system.

-Use SAVE to store the new view.

-If you have already saved the view, then the view number
appears in the Status Window.  If you define a new view,
but haven't saved it, a -1 appears in the VIEW=setting in
the Status Window.

Choose one of the following options to define a view:

KEY-IN
3 PTS
ROT AXES
ROT PART
2 PTS

KEY-IN assigns a linked series of rotations to the current
view.

1. Choose a rotation order from the following menu:

TOP IN
TOP OUT
RGT IN
RGT OUT
CW          (clockwise)
CCW         (counter-clockwise)
DONE

2. After you choose from the menu, CADKEY prompts you to
   enter a rotation angle to change the view.  Enter a
   positive or negative rotation angle <Enter>.

3. Choose DONE after you enter all the rotations you want
   to make.  The screen redraws and displays the new view.

3 PTS defines a new view based on the plane created by
three positions you indicate.  The positive direction for
the x axis passes from the first point to the second
point.  The position of the third point relative to the
other two points determines the perpendicular direction of
the positive y axis and consequently the z axis.

1. Use options from the Position Menu to select three
   positions.

2. When the display view changes, the screen redraws and
   displays the new view.

ROT AXES rotates the view axes to the view you want.
CADKEY displays the axes for the viewport you select in
the menu area with an icon showing the rotation direction
with arrows.

1. Move the cursor to the arrow showing the direction in
   which you want to move the axes and press the
   (Spacebar) or the cursor button.

If you hold down the cursor button or the (Spacebar), the
axes rotate faster.

2. After you place the axes, press <Enter>.  The active
   viewport redraws and uses the new view automatically.

ROT PART rotates the part in the active viewport.

1. Cursor indicate a rotation center point for the part.
   An icon showing the rotation direction with arrows
   appears in the menu area.

2. Move the cursor to an arrow direction and press the
   cursor button, or if you are configured using your
   keyboard press the (Spacebar).  The part moves in the
   same direction.  If you hold down the cursor button or
   the (Spacebar), the part moves faster.  If the grid is
   ON, it disappears temporarily so the part can rotate
   faster.

3. Keep using the arrows until you have the view you want,
   then press <Enter>.  The active viewport redraws and
   uses the new view automatically.

2 PTS defines a view by using two points that define the z
axis relative to the plane of the desired view.  The
positive direction for the z axis passes from the first
point to the second point.  Select two points using the
Position Menu.

When the display view changes, the screen redraws and
displays the new view.
2
-10 0 64 #
-11 0 0 !
644 8 Display View Save
SAVE stores newly created system- or user-defined views in
the database.  If you've already saved a view once, you
can't save it again.

CADKEY prompts you to enter a view description; type a
description of up to 29 characters (§).  CADKEY assigns
the view the next available number in the database and
saves the description.
2
-10 0 64 #
-11 0 0 !
645 15 Display View Rename
RENAME lets you change a view's description.  You can
change the description of any user- or system-defined view
except for CADKEY views 1-8.

To change the descriptor for a view:

1. Enter the view number that you want to change <Enter>.
   CADKEY displays the current description on the prompt
   line.

2. CADKEY prompts you to enter a new description and
   displays the current description in parentheses.
   Either type a description of up to 29 characters
   <Enter>, or press <Enter> to accept the current
   description.
2
-10 0 64 #
-11 0 0 !
646 15 Display View List
LIST lets you select a new view from CADKEY's eight
predefined views, any new views you create, or any the
system creates.  When you choose DISPLAY, VIEW, LIST or
press (ALT)-(V), CADKEY displays the View List dialog
box.

To change to another view:

1. Scroll through the list of views and highlight the view
   you want.

2. Double click on your selection or click on (OK).  To
   exit the View List dialog box without changing the
   view, click (Cancel) or select (Esc), and CADKEY
   returns you to the DISPLAY, VIEW menu.
2
-10 0 64 #
-11 0 0 !
651 8 Display Vwports Add
ADD places a new viewport on the display.  Remove or
resize existing viewports before you add new ones.

1. Cursor indicate the lower left corner of the viewport.

2. Cursor indicate a new position in the upper right
   corner of the viewport.  CADKEY creates a new viewport
   that uses a top view, view 1.
2
-10 0 65 #
-11 0 0 !
652 5 Display Vwports Remove
REMOVE removes a selected viewport from the display.  If
you delete the primary viewport, select a new one.

Cursor indicate the viewport to remove.  CADKEY deletes
the viewport.
2
-10 0 65 #
-11 0 0 !
653 9 Display Vwports Move
MOVE places a viewport anywhere in the Drawing Window.
BACK-UP cancels MOVE.  Remove unwanted viewports before
you use MOVE.

1. Cursor indicate the viewport to move.  A viewport
   outline appears as a guide for moving.

2. Move the viewport outline to the new area and cursor
   indicate a new position.  CADKEY places the viewport.
2
-10 0 65 #
-11 0 0 !
654 12 Display Vwports Resize
RESIZE changes the size of a selected viewport.  Delete
unneeded viewports first, then expand or reduce the
viewport you want.

1. Cursor indicate a corner of the viewport to resize.

2. Move the cursor horizontally or vertically starting
   from the corner you select.  The viewport looks like a
   rubberband box.  When the viewport is the size you
   want, press the cursor button, or if your system is
   configured for using the keyboard, press (Spacebar).
   The viewport displays in the new size.
2
-10 0 65 #
-11 0 0 !
655 10 Display Vwports Auto set
AUTO SET sets up several viewport configurations with the
same standard view or views and display modes.  Set the
default in the configuration program.  The icon menu in
the Menu Options Window represents different
configurations for multiple viewport assignments.

1. Cursor select an icon.  The Drawing Window redraws and
   uses the new viewport assignment automatically.

2. Cursor select a primary viewport.
2
-10 0 65 #
-11 0 0 !
661 13 Display Levels Active
ACTIVE selects the level for newly created entities.

ALEV: in the Status Window also sets the current active
level.

-Valid level numbers are 1-255.

-Entities display only on levels that are on.

1. Enter a new level number to assign all newly created
   entities <Enter>.

2. To accept the active level, press <Enter>.
2
-10 0 66 #
-11 0 0 !
662 2 Display Levels Add
ADD turns levels on in the current display.  Enter the
level number(s) for display and press <Enter>.
2
-10 0 66 #
-11 0 0 !
663 3 Display Levels Remove
REMOVE designates levels to eliminate from the current
display.  Enter the level number to remove and press and
press <Enter>.
2
-10 0 66 #
-11 0 0 !
664 29 Display Levels Move
MOVE transfers entities from one level to another.  If you
move entities to a nondisplayed level, CADKEY does not
display them.  Use ADD to turn on the levels.

Choose a method for moving levels:

SELECT
LEVEL

SELECT lets you choose entities to move from those that
are displayed.

1. Enter a level number, 1-255, to which you want to move
   the entities <Enter>.

2. Use an option from the Selection Menu to select the
   entities to move.  After you select the entities,
   CADKEY redraws the screen and moves them to the level
   you chose.  CADKEY returns you to the MOVE menu.

LEVEL sets a level number from which to move entities.
All entities move from the level you choose.

1. Type the number of the level that contains the entities
   you want to move <Enter>.

2. Type the level where you want to move the entities
   <enter>.  CADKEY updates the screen automatically.
   CADKEY returns you to the MOVE menu.
2
-10 0 66 #
-11 0 0 !
665 55 Display Levels List
LIST generates a list of all levels on the screen and
changes their display status.  A window appears listing
all levels; CADKEY highlights visible levels.

-CADKEY turns off all Immediate Mode commands when you use
LIST.

-Select groups of level numbers in vertical or horizontal
blocks only.

-To select all levels, click on 1, hold down your cursor
button, and move your cursor diagonally to 256.  Release
the button.  When you select LIST, a window appears and
level numbers 1-256 display.  The active levels display in
inverse video.

Choose one of the following menu options:

TURN ON turns on nondisplayed levels.  An inverse video
box surrounds the levels that are on.  If you hold your
cursor button down and drag your cursor over a series of
numbers, you can select or deselect many levels at once.
Drag your cursor horizontally, vertically, or diagonally.

TURN OFF turns off displayed levels.  When you turn off a
level number, CADKEY removes the inverse video box
surrounding it.  If you hold your cursor button down and
drag your cursor over a series of numbers, you can select
or deselect many levels at once.  Drag your cursor
horizontally, vertically, or diagonally.

TOGGLE turns levels you select on or off.  Use your
(Spacebar) only if you configured CADKEY to use your
keyboard as your input device.

Using TURN ON, TURN OFF, or TOGGLE

1. Select levels by using your cursor or pressing
   (Spacebar) at the level you want.  To select a group of
   levels in a column or row, move to the first level
   number you want to switch and hold down the cursor
   button or press the (Spacebar).

2. Highlight the numbers you want to change, then release
   the cursor button or (Spacebar).  Press <Enter> when
   you finish.

If you use arrow keys to move the cursor, press (PgUp) to
increase the cursor movement increment or press (PgDn) to
decrease the cursor movement increment.  To surround a
group of level numbers, hold down the (Spacebar) and move
the cursor.

3. Press <Enter> to exit the list.  CADKEY redraws the
   screen and displays the levels you selected.
2
-10 0 66 #
-11 0 0 !
666 11 Display Levels Mask
MASK screens out active levels in a displayed part.  For
example, if you create entities on levels one through five
and you want to delete all the entities except for those
on level four, you can set a level mask to four.  The
default is zero, no mask.

-You can also use MLEV: in the Status Window to set a
level mask.

Enter the level numbers you want to mask or enter zero to
assign no level masking.  Press <Enter>.
2
-10 0 66 #
-11 0 0 !
667 30 Display Levels Name
NAME attaches descriptors to any or all levels from within
CADKEY or from an ASCII text file.  It can make an
on-screen list of all level descriptors and can write them
to an ASCII text file.

-Level descriptors can't be more than 30 ASCII characters
long.

-You can attach descriptors to all 256 levels CADKEY
supports

-You can attach the same level descriptors to more than
one level.

-If you change the active level or modify a level
descriptor when using LIST, the active level or level
descriptor changes instantly.

-If you change the displayed levels while using LIST, exit
LIST before CADKEY can redraw the new levels.

-If you end LIST, and the displayed levels have not
changed, then CADKEY doesn't redraw any levels.

Choose an option from the following menu:

DESCRIBE
TXT-OUT
TXT-IN
LIST
6
-1 0 6671 # DESCRIBE
-2 0 6672 # TXT-OUT
-3 0 6673 # TXT-IN
-4 0 6674 # LIST
-10 0 66 #
-11 0 0 !
671 30 Display Grd/snap Grid dsp
GRID DSP displays a set of grid points in the viewport
with the spacing and alignment you specify.

-You can also select GRID: from the Status Window.

-When the grid increment is too small to display, CADKEY
turns off the grid temporarily.  For example, if a grid
displays in the viewport and you do a series of ZOOM, HALF
commands, the grid no longer shows when the scale is very
small.  The system reactivates the grid when the view
scale can display a reasonable number of grid points.

-Define the number of grid points that display in the
configuration program.

-Use GRID INC to set the spacing between grid points.

-If you set the construction plane and it is normal to the
display view, the grid will not appear.

To control the grid display choose an option from the
following menu:

OFF turns off the grid in all viewports.

PRIM DSP displays the grid in the primary viewport only.

ALL DSP displays the grid in all viewports, aligned with
the primary viewport and oriented appropriately to other
viewports.
2
-10 0 67 #
-11 0 0 !
672 17 Display Grd/snap Grid inc
GRID INC is CADKEY shorthand for grid increment.  It sets
the spacing between grid points along the x and y axes.

-The x, y values must be greater than or equal to .00005
units and less than or equal to 10,000 units.

-When the grid increment is too small to display, CADKEY
turns off the grid temporarily.

1. Enter a value for the grid spacing in the x direction
   <Enter>, or accept the default value by pressing
   <Enter>.

2. Enter a value for the grid spacing in the y direction
   <Enter>, or accept the default value by pressing
   <Enter>.  When the grid is on, the system uses the new
   values as the distance between the grid points.
2
-10 0 67 #
-11 0 0 !
673 8 Display Grd/snap Grd aln
GRD ALN is CADKEY shorthand for grid align.  It shifts
grid points to new positions.

-Use GRID=SNP to align the grid to the snap increment.

Cursor indicate a new position to realign the grid points.
The grid redraws automatically, or appears at the new
position when you turn on GRID.
2
-10 0 67 #
-11 0 0 !
674 3 Display Grd/snap Grid=snp
GRID=SNP is CADKEY shorthand for grid=snap increment.  It
sets the grid increment to the current snap increment
values automatically.
2
-10 0 67 #
-11 0 0 !
675 17 Display Grd/snap Snap opt
SNAP OPT is CADKEY shorthand for the snap option.  It
turns cursor snapping on or off.  When snapping is on,
CADKEY limits the cursor movement to the limits set for
the x, y snap values.

Use SNAP: from the Status Window to toggle cursor snapping
on and off.

Use SNAP INC to set the snap spacing or increment.

Select an option from the following menu:

ON turns snapping on and controls the movement of the
cursor.

OFF turns snapping off, and allows the cursor to move
freely in the drawing area.
2
-10 0 67 #
-11 0 0 !
676 13 Display Grd/snap Snap inc
SNAP INC is CADKEY shorthand for snap increment.  It sets
the snap resolution along the construction plane.

-The x, y values must be greater than or equal to .00005
units and less than or equal to 10,000 units.

-(PgUp) and (PgDn) control the snap increments.  (PgUp)
doubles the current x, y snap increment.  (PgDn) divides
the current x, y snap increment in half.

Enter x and y values for the snap increment or accept the
default.  The values you set control the movement of the
snap increment when snapping is on.
2
-10 0 67 #
-11 0 0 !
677 12 Display Grd/snap Snap aln
SNAP ALN is CADKEY shorthand for snap align.  It lines up
the snap increment with a position you indicate on a grid.

-If you set the construction plane and it is normal to the
display view, CADKEY turns off snapping.

-Use SNAP=GRD to align the snap increment to the current
grid increment.

Indicate a position for snap alignment using an option
from the Position Menu.  SNAP aligns automatically to the
position you chose on the grid.
2
-10 0 67 #
-11 0 0 !
678 10 Display Grd/snap Snap=grd
SNAP=GRD sets the snap increment to the grid spacing along
the x and y axes, and aligns the cursor snapping with the
display grid.

-You can turn cursor snapping on or off, realign it, or
give it new increment values.  Use SNAP OPT, SNAP ALN, or
SNAP INC.

When you choose SNAP=GRID, the cursor snaps to the closest
grid point automatically.
2
-10 0 67 #
-11 0 0 !
691 15 Display Cursor Tracking
TRACKING displays the current location of the cursor's
coordinates in an area called the Cursor Tracking Window.
This window is in the lower-left corner of your screen.
The default is OFF.  Choose the cursor tracking method by
selecting an option from the following menu:

OFF turns off constant cursor tracking.  The Cursor
Tracking Window displays the current position of the
cursor only when you press the cursor button.

VIEW displays the position of the cursor in view
coordinates, on the current plane (xp, yp).

WORLD displays the position of the cursor in world
coordinates, on the current construction plane (x, y, z).
2
-10 0 69 #
-11 0 0 !
692 37 Display Cursor Digitize
DIGITIZE activates the entire tablet as a
coordinate-recording device with a scale separate from the
graphics-viewing scale.  DIGITIZE lets you read coordinate
data from an existing drawing.

-Don't worry if your mouse doesn't respond with DIGITIZE.
When you digitize you don't use the cursor, so CADKEY
temporarily turns it off.

 Use AUTOSCALE to display the entire digitized part on the
 screen.

-The primary viewport is the default.

-DIGITIZE helps when you use the cursor for tracing a
drawing on a tablet.  For best results, tape the drawing
to the tablet so that the section you are digitizing is on
the active area of the tablet.

-To see the digitizing area after you align the tablet,
create a drawing border using LINE, ENDPTS, or STRING and
autoscale the part.  Don't use RECTANG because it creates
a rectangle that aligns with the screen, not with the
drawing.

-Use ZOOM to enlarge areas for fine detail.

-Use options such as ARC, 3PTS, and SPLINE whenever
possible, and try to reference existing geometry instead
of entering new data.

-The system keeps the parameters you set until you exit
CADKEY.  Tape your drawing to the active area of your
tablet.  Then, choose an option from the following menu:

ALIGN
ON/OFF
4
-1 0 6921 # ALIGN
-2 0 6922 # ON/OFF
-10 0 69 #
-11 0 0 !
711 43 Control Verify Attrib
ATTRIB displays values on the prompt line that reference
characteristics of the selected entity.

DLM Note: To verify instance-specific geometry attributes
using CONTROL, VERIFY, ATTRIB, you must set an active
instance.  To verify layout-specific geometry attributes,
first turn off the active instance.

1. Select the entity you want to verify.

The following section describes the first line of
attributes that appear on the bottom of the screen:

Type a reference number CADKEY assigns to the entity you
select from the database.  The reference number does not
match the entity numbers you assign from the Selection
Menu.

Form a reference number CADKEY assigns to an entity you
select from the database.

Level the working level where CADKEY puts the entity.

Def View the defined view where CADKEY creates the entity.

2. Press <Enter> to display the next line of attributes.
   Color a numerical value of the color you set for the
   entity.  Style the line type or font value you give to
   the entity.  Width the line width value of the entity.
   Pen the pen number you gave to the entity for plotting
   purposes.  Unique ID an ID number based on when you
   created the entity.

3. If the entity is part of a group, press <Enter> to
   display the next line of attributes.  Grp name the name
   of the group where you put the entity.  Grp # the group
   reference number (1-128).  Subgrp # the number of the
   subgroup where you put the entity.

4. If the entity is a dimension or note, press <Enter> and
   the next line of attributes displays.  Txt Ht the text
   height.  Aspect the character aspect ratio.  Arrow the
   arrow number.
2
-10 0 71 #
-11 0 0 !
712 72 Control Verify Coord
COORD displays the coordinate data for the curves,
polygons, points, or dimension entities you select.

1. Select a entity to verify.  The data on the bottom of
   the screen varies depending on what entity you select.

2. Press <Enter> to move to the next line of the display.
   CADKEY displays the data in two ways: xv, yv, zv are
   view coordinates.  x, y, z are world coordinates.  When
   CADKEY displays angular data, the values in parentheses
   are in radians.

Example:

If you choose an ARC, the following information appears at
the bottom of your screen:

Center

x = world coordinate position.

y = world coordinate position.

z = world coordinate position.

Center

xv = view coordinate position.

yv = view coordinate position.

zv = view coordinate position.

Sweep angle is the included angle in degrees and radians.

Radius is the current radius.

St ang is the start angle in degrees and radians.

End ang is the end angle in degrees and radians.

Start point is the start point position.

x = world coordinate position.

y = world coordinate position.

z = world coordinate position.

End point is the end point position.

x1 = world coordinate position.

y1 = world coordinate position.

z1 = world coordinate position.

Start point is the start point position.

x2 = view coordinate position.

y2 = view coordinate position.

z2 = view coordinate position.

End Point is the end point position.

xv1 = view coordinate position.

yv1 = view coordinate position.

zv1 = view coordinate position.
2
-10 0 71 #
-11 0 0 !
713 108 Control Verify Dist
DIST is CADKEY shorthand for distance.  It calculates the
actual and projected distance between two positions, a
position and a geometric entity, or two geometric
entities.

-For more accurate calculations, select entities as close
as possible to the minimum distance.

-To shorten processing time when you verify the distance
between multi-segmented entities, such as splines, break
the entities into several more simple curves.  Use EDIT,
BREAK and process the smaller curves one at a time.

-For accurate distance measurements when you use 2 POS and
POS+ENT, make sure you set the 2-D/3-D construction switch
to 3-D.

In Drawing Layout Mode, you can use the following CONTROL,
VERIFY, DIST options between like geometry; that is,
between instance-specific and instance-specific geometry
and between layout-specific and layout-specific geometry.

Choose a distance verification option from the following
menu:

2 POS
POS+ENT   (between layout-specific geometry and a cursor
          position)
2 ENTS

2 POS calculates the minimum distance between two
positions.

1. Choose an option from the Position Menu to indicate the
   first position.  Do the same thing for the second
   position.  CADKEY shows the projected and actual
   distances on the prompt line.

2. To select two new positions for distance verification,
   press <Enter> and choose two options from the Position
   Menu.

3. To choose a different distance verification option,
   press (F10) from the Position Menu.  The Distance Menu
   appears.

POS+ENT calculates the minimum distance between a position
and a geometric entity you select.

1. Select an option from the Position Menu and indicate a
   position for the first point from which you want CADKEY
   to measure.

2. Select an entity.

3. To display the next line of information, press <Enter>.

4. Clear temporary lines by pressing (Ctrl)-(R).

5. Select a new position and entity for distance
   verification.  To choose a different method for
   distance verification, choose BACK-UP or press (F10) at
   the Position Menu.  The Distance Menu appears.

2 ENTS calculates the minimum distance between two
geometric entities you select.

1. Select the first curve entity by cursor-selecting the
   curve and pressing the (Spacebar) or your cursor
   button.

2. Select the second curve the same way.

3. To display the next line of information, press <Enter>.

4. Clear the temporary lines by pressing (Ctrl)-(R).

5. Select two new entities for distance verification.  To
   choose a different option for distance verification,
   choose BACK-UP or press (F10) at the Position menu.
   The Distance Menu appears.

Distance Calculations

When you verify the distance between a position and a
geometric entity, or between two geometric entities-when
you use POS+ENT or 2 ENTS for example-the following
calculations appear on the prompt line.  Press <Enter> to
display each new line of information.

Min projected distance is the selected position and entity
project to the current display plane.  CADKEY calculates
the minimum distance between the two projections.  CADKEY
draws a temporary dashed line to show the minimum
distance.

Projected pt1 is the x, y view coordinate values of the
projected intersection point of the minimum distance line
and the first position or geometric entity.  CADKEY draws
a temporary marker, *, on the point.

Projected pt2 is the x, y view coordinate values of the
projected intersection point of the minimum distance line
and the second position or geometric entity.

Min actual distance is the minimum distance between the
selected position or entities in 3-D space appears as a
temporary solid line.
2
-10 0 71 #
-11 0 0 !
714 20 Control Verify Angle
ANGLE displays the angle formed by two selected lines in
the display plane and the plane formed by the two lines.
You can verify two types of angles: angle of display view
or plane.  For an accurate angle calculation, the two
lines you select must intersect.

Verifying Angle of Display View or Plane

1. Select two lines for angle verification.  After you
   select two lines, CADKEY displays the angle in degrees
   and radians of the display view or plane.  The radians
   appear in parentheses.

2. Press <Enter> and CADKEY shows the angle in both
   degrees and radians for the plane the lines are in if
   you created them in a plane different from the viewing
   plane.  The radians appear in parentheses.

3. Press <Enter> and select two new lines, or press (Esc)
   to exit.
2
-10 0 71 #
-11 0 0 !
715 32 Control Verify Perim
PERIM is CADKEY shorthand for perimeter.  It measures the
actual and projected length of a single entity or a
selected group of entities.  All projected lengths of
entities are relative to the plane of the screen.

Choose an option from the following menu for perimeter
analysis:

CIRCLE
GENERAL

CIRCLE selects an arc or circle for perimeter
calculations.

Move the cursor near an arc or a circle and press the
(Spacebar) or the cursor button.

The Proj len, projected perimeter length, and the Actual
len, actual perimeter length, of the entities you select
appear at the bottom of the screen.  The projected
perimeter is different from the actual perimeter only if
the arc or the circle is not in the current display plane.

GENERAL selects a continuous string of entities, not
points, for perimeter calculation.

1. Choose a selection method from the Selection Menu.

2. Choose the entities to calculate.  CADKEY calculates
   and displays the perimeter automatically.  If you
   select a spline, its true 3D length and its projection
   length to the current view displays.
2
-10 0 71 #
-11 0 0 !
716 14 Control Verify Area/cn
AREA/CN is CADKEY shorthand for area/centroid.  It
measures the area of a selected closed figure and displays
the x and y coordinates of the centroid.

-Except in CIRCLE, CADKEY always projects selected entity
data information to the current display plane before it
finds the area or centroid.

Choose an option from the following menu to select a style
for area and centroid calculations:

CIRCLE
CLSED LN
GENERAL
5
-1 0 7161 # CIRCLE
-2 0 7162 # CLSD LN
-3 0 7163 # GENERAL
-10 0 71 #
-11 0 0 !
717 87 Control Verify Moment
MOMENT calculates the polar moment of inertia of a
selected closed region, using a selected axis normal to
the screen.

In Drawing Layout Mode, use MOMENT only on layout-specific
geometry.

Choose an option from the following menu:

CIRCLE
CLSD LN
GENERAL

CIRCLE selects an arc or circle for calculation.

1. Move the cursor near an arc or circle on the screen and
   press the (Spacebar) or the cursor button.  When you
   select an arc, a temporary line joins the end points
   and forms a segment- a semicircle.

2. Select a reference axis by choosing a location with the
   Position Menu.  CADKEY defines the polar reference axis
   as a vector pointing out of the screen and passing
   through the projection of the selected point to the
   current view.  The selected segment's polar moment of
   inertia displays.

CLSD LN selects a set of line entities whose projections
define a closed region in the current view.

1. Choose from the Selection Menu to specify a set of line
   entities.  If you select lines that do not form a
   closed shape, CADKEY rejects them and prompts you with
   the following:

Invalid data...press RETURN to continue

If you get an error message, reselect a set of entities
using the Selection Menu.

2. Locate the polar reference axis, as you did with
   CIRCLE.  he polar moment of inertia for the polygon
   formed by the projected lines displays.

GENERAL chooses a set of entities, not points whose
projections define a closed region in the current view.

-Unlike CIRCLE and CLSD LN, GENERAL calculates the
components of the polar moment using the orthogonal axes
through the polar position and then displays them with the
polar moment.  These axes are parallel to the x and y axes
of the display.

1. Choose from the Selection Menu to specify a set of
   entities.  Just as in cross-hatching, you can choose
   islands to exclude or include.  If the entities you
   select do not form a closed shape, CADKEY rejects them
   and prompts you with the following:

Invalid data...press RETURN to continue

If you get an error message, reselect a set of entities
using the Selection Menu.

2. Enter a panel width value and press <Enter> sign the
   default width value in parentheses, press <Enter>.  The
   rectangular shapes, called panels, approximate the area
   CADKEY uses to calculate the moment of the shape you
   select.  A smaller width value generates more panels
   within the shape, giving more accuracy to the moment
   value.

3. Locate the polar reference axis.  The polar reference
   axis is a vector pointing out of the screen and passing
   through the projection of the selected point to the
   current view.  CADKEY creates the panels within the
   shape you select, calculates and then displays the
   polar moment of inertia.

4. Press <Enter> to display the two components of the
   polar moment, one right after the other, using the
   orthogonal axes through the polar position.  Choose
   BACK-UP or press (F10) to redisplay the previous value.

5. To choose a new reference axis, press <Enter> after the
   last component displays.  Clear temporary markers and
   panels from the screen by pressing (Ctrl)-(R).
2
-10 0 71 #
-11 0 0 !
718 76 Control Verify Conic
CONIC calculates and displays detailed information about
conics you select.  You can see information about
ellipses, parabolas, and hyperbolas.

-Even though just one branch of a hyperbola appears when
you create it, VERIFY, CONICS gives you information about
both branches.

In Drawing Layout Mode, use CONIC only on layout-specific
geometry.

1. Select the conic you want to verify.

2. The verification data displays on the prompt line.
   Press <Enter> to display each line of new information.
   Clear your screen of temporary lines and markers by
   pressing (Ctrl)-(R).

Verifying Conical Data

CADKEY can verify ellipses, hyperbolas, and parabolas.
The following is a description of each conic type.

Ellipse

An ellipse is a set of points within a plane whose sum of
the distance between one fixed point to any two other
fixed points is constant.  The fixed points are called
foci.  A conic is not an ellipse unless the constant is
greater than the distance between the fixed points.  If
the fixed points are the same, the ellipse is a circle.

If you select an ellipse to verify, the following
information displays on the prompt line.  Press <Enter> to
display each new line of information:

Conic type = ELLIPSE the type of conic you select.

A= B= C= D= E= F= the quadratic coefficients in the
definition-view.

Eccentricity= the measure of circularity of the ellipse.

Angle= the angle between the major axis and the
definition-view coordinate x axis.

Start point XD= YD= ZD= the start point of the ellipse in
definition-view coordinates.  A temporary marker appears
at the start point of the ellipse.

Hyperbola

A hyperbola is a set of points in a plane where the
difference of the distances from any point in the set to
two fixed points-the foci-is a constant.  A conic is not a
hyperbola unless the constant is less than the distance
between the foci.

If you select a hyperbola to verify, the following
information appears on the prompt line.  Press <Enter> to
display each new line of information.

Conic type = HYPERBOLA the conic type you select.

Parabola

A parabola is a set of points in a plane, whose distance
from any point in the set to another given point-the
focus-is equal to the distance from that point to a given
line-the directrix.

If you select a parabola to verify, the following
information displays on the prompt line.  Press <Enter> to
display each new line of information:

Conic type = PARABOLA, the conic type you select.
2
-10 0 71 #
-11 0 0 !
719 20 Control Verify Positn
POSITN shows a selected position's world view, display
view, and construction view coordinates.

1. Choose an option from the Position Menu and indicate
   the position whose coordinates you want to verify.

2. The world coordinates of the position you select
   display on the prompt line.  The following is an
   example of world view coordinates.  WORLD: X = n, Y =
   n, Z = n (Press <Return>)

3. After you press <Enter>, the display view coordinates
   appear on the prompt line.  The following is an example
   of display view coordinates.  VIEW: XV = n, YV = n, ZV
   = n (Press <Return>)

4. After you press <Enter>, the construction view
   coordinates appear on the prompt line.  The following
   is an example of construction view coordinates.
   CONST: XC = n, YC = n, ZC = n (Press <Return>)
2
-10 0 71 #
-11 0 0 !
721 85 Control Attrib Current
CURRENT sets the existing model attribute values.  When
you choose CURRENT, the Current Attributes dialog box
appears.

All entities you create from now on use the new attributes
for color, line type, line width, and pen number.  For
example, if you set the color to green in the Current
Attributes dialog box, every entity you create appears in
green, until you reselect CURRENT and choose a new color
to create the entities.

The Current Attributes Dialog Box

The sections that follow tell you how to use the Current
Attributes dialog box.

OK

Click on OK or press <Enter> to save the current settings.

Cancel

Click on Cancel to exit the dialog box and return to the
CURRENT menu without saving any changes.

Line style changes the current line type.  Click on one of
the line types in the Line style list box or type a value
for the current line type.

Note: Also, you can choose L-TYPE in the Status Window or
press (Alt)-(T) to set the current line type.

Line width changes the current line width.  The available
widths are 1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 11, 13, and 15 pixels.  Click on
one of the line widths in the Line width list box or type
in value for the current line width.

Note: Also, you can choose L-WID in the Status Window or
press (Alt)-(Y) to set the current line width.

Color lets you set the current color using any one of
CADKEY's default 16 colors.

-CADKEY turns off Color on monochrome screens.

To set the current color, position the cursor in the Color
list box and click on one of the 16 color boxes.

Note: Also, you can choose COLOR in the Status Window or
press (Alt)-(X) to set the current color.

Pen # sets the current pen numbers 1-8 to graphic entities
for plotting.

To choose a pen number, click on a pen number or type a
value in the Pen # list box.

Note: Also, you can choose PEN in the Status Window or
press (Alt)-(Z) to set the current pen number.

Entity

The (Entity) button lets you extract the attributes from
one entity and update the settings in the dialog box to
match those of the selected entity.  For example, if you
select an entity and then choose (Entity) from the Current
Attributes dialog box, CADKEY automatically updates the
attribute settings to match those of the entity you
selected.

Reset

(Reset) restores dialog box values to their previous
settings just before you entered the dialog box.  Click on
OK to restore the values or Cancel to return to the
CURRENT menu.

1. To set current attributes, click on the appropriate
   settings in the Current Attributes dialog box.
   
2. Click on (OK) or press <Enter> to save the current
   settings.
   
3. All entities you create use the new attributes for
   color, line type, line width, and pen number.
2
-10 0 72 #
-11 0 0 !
722 45 Control Attrib Change
CHANGE defines new color, line type, line width, or pen
number attributes to existing selected entities.  CHANGE
does not alter the attribute values in the Status Window;
you select only the entities you want to change.  When you
choose CHANGE, the Change Attributes dialog box appears.

Click on OK or press <Enter> to save the changes and
return to the Selection Menu.

Click on Cancel to exit the dialog box and return to the
CHANGE menu without saving any changes.

Line style changes the current line type.  Click on one of
the line types in the Line style list box or type a value
for the current line type.

Line width changes the current line width.  The available
widths are 1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 11, 13, and 15 pixels.

Click on one of the line widths in the Line width list box
or type in value for the current line width.

Color changes or sets the current color using any one of
CADKEY's default 16 colors.  To set the current color or
change an existing color, position the cursor in the Color
list box and click on one of the 16 color boxes.

Pen # sets the current pen numbers 1-8 to graphic entities
for plotting.  To choose a pen number, click on a pen
number or type a value in the Pen # list box.

The (Entity) button lets you extract the attributes from
one entity and apply them to any other entities you
select.

1. To change existing attributes such as color or line
   type, click on the appropriate settings in the Change
   Attributes dialog box or type in the values.

2. Click on OK or press <Enter> to save the changes, The
   Selection Menu appears.

3. Use the Selection Menu to select the entities whose
   attributes you want to change.  CADKEY updates the
   selected entites to reflect the attribute changes.
2
-10 0 72 #
-11 0 0 !
723 44 Control Attrib Out/fil
OUT/FIL is CADKEY shorthand for outline/fill.  It changes
the fill or outline of polygons or polylines.

-Polylines must be closed and have 50 sides or fewer.

-Your system's graphic card determines what color palette
CADKEY offers you.

-If you choose a color the same as the screen color, the
polygon or polyline might disappear until you reset the
color.

-For easier selection, use OUT/FIL to change overlapping
filled polygons or polylines to outlines.

You can use ATTRIB, OUT/FIL on layout-specific geometry
only.

When you choose OUT/FIL, the following menu appears:

OUTLINE
FILLED

OUTLINE changes the outline color of selected polygons or
polylines.

1. Cursor select an outline color from the on-screen color
   bar to set a color.

2. Select an outline or filled polygon or polyline to
   change using the Selection Menu.  CADKEY changes the
   polygon or polyline from filled to outlined using the
   assigned color.

FILLED changes selected outlined polygons or polylines to
either a filled form or a new outline color.

1. Cursor select a color from the color palette.

2. Select a polygon or polyline to change using the
   Selection Menu.  CADKEY fills the polygon or polyline
   with the color you assign.  If you exit FILLED using
   BACK-UP or (Esc), newly created entities use the
   original attribute values.
2
-10 0 72 #
-11 0 0 !
731 97 Control Const Plane
Construction PLANE lets you make entities in planes
that aren't displayed.

-You must be in 2-D construction mode to create a 2-D
entity in the specified construction plane.

-CADKEY does not automatically save views associated with
a construction plane.  Unless you select a planar entity,
be sure to save the construction plane.

-When you save a new construction plane-one which is not
already defined-for the first time, CADKEY automatically
adds it to the database and assigns to it the next
available construction plane number.

-If the view does not exist, the number zero (0) appears
in the Status Window at the PLANE option.  To store the
new plane, select the SAVE option.

In Drawing Layout Mode, CADKEY disables the usual function
of CONST, PLANE and (Alt)-(K).  If you press (Alt)-(K) in
Drawing Layout, it turns the paper border on and off.
When you are in Drawing Layout, PAP LMTS appears in the
Status Window instead of CPLANE.  When you are in Drawing
Layout, ACTVINST appears in the Status Window instead of
VIEW.

1. To define a new construction plane, choose an option
   from the displayed menu.

3PTS
PT/LINE
2 LINES
VPORT
ENTITY
KEY-IN
COORDS

3PTS lets you indicate three points on the screen.  The
positive direction for the x axis passes from the first
point to the second point.  The position of the third
point, relative to the other two points, determines the
direction of the y axis-and consequently the z axis.

Use an option from the Position Menu to indicate three
points.

PT/LINE, which is CADKEY shorthand for point and line,
lets you select a point, or position, on the screen and
the two end points of a selected line entity.

Use an option from the Position Menu to indicate a point
on the screen and the two end points.

2 LINES lets you select the end points of two lines, and
the 3-D intersection- or potential 3-D intersection- of
the lines.

Select two lines that intersect in the same plane.  You
can select a projected intersection.

VPORT assigns the plane associated with a particular
viewport's view.  Use the cursor to select the viewport
that contains the construction plane.  CADKEY
automatically assigns the associated plane to all
viewports.

ENTITY lets you define a plane by selecting an existing
planar arc, conic, or 2-D spline entity.  Select the
entity.  CADKEY automatically defines the new plane in the
viewport or viewports.

KEY-IN lets you define a plane by assigning a specified
rotation order.

1. Choose the rotation order from the following menu:

TOP IN
TOP OUT
RGT IN
RGT OUT
CW        (clockwise)
CCW       (counter-clockwise)
DONE

2. After you choose an option, CADKEY prompts you to enter
   a rotation angle.

Enter a positive rotation angle for the direction <Enter>.

3. Choose DONE when you finish specifying the rotations.
   CP=DV automatically sets the construction plane to the
   display view assignments.

4. Choose SAVE to store the construction plane defined in
   the database.  CADKEY automatically assigns the next
   available number in the database to the new plane.
2
-10 0 73 #
-11 0 0 !
732 40 Control Const Depth
DEPTH allows you to change the working depth at which
CADKEY creates entities-when you use depth for creation-by
adding a specified value to the current working depth.
The default is 0, 0.

-You can also select D in the Status Window to change the
current depth.

-DEPTH lets you take advantage of the three-dimensional
capability when interactive input is limited to two
dimensions.

Choose a method for setting the current depth from the
following menu:

VALUE
POSITN
OFFSET

VALUE lets you enter a value to change the working depth
at which CADKEY creates entities- when you use depth for
creation.  Enter a value for the depth <Enter>, or press
<Enter> to accept the default.  CADKEY sets the working
depth to the specified value.

POSITN is CADKEY shorthand for position.  The option lets
you change the working depth at which CADKEY creates
entities-when you use depth creation-by indicating a
position in 3-D space.

Use an option from the Position Menu to indicate a
position to define the working depth.  CADKEY turns off
the cursor because any indicated cursor position would be
at the current depth.  CADKEY sets the current working
depth to the depth of the indicated position.

OFFSET lets you change the working depth at which CADKEY
creates entities by adding a specified value to the
current working depth.  Enter a depth offset value and
press <Enter>, or press <Enter> to accept the default.
2
-10 0 73 #
-11 0 0 !
733 10 Control Const 2d/3d
2D/3D

The switch between 2D and 3D construction lets you select
two-dimensional or three- dimensional mode for various
geometric modeling functions, the Position Menu, and CADL
point and line coordinate output.  The default is 3-D.

-You can also select CONST: in the Status Window.

-Be sure to set the switch before selecting other options.
2
-10 0 73 #
-11 0 0 !
734 21 Control Const L-limit
L-LIMIT is CADKEY shorthand for line limits.  The option
lets you create lines to the length of the current
viewport limits, rather than limiting line construction to
the selected line creation methods, such as angle,
endpoints, parallel, and tangent.  The default is FUNCTN.

Choose an option from the following menu:

FUNCTN
VIEWPORT

FUNCTN sets the length of lines created using any of the
line creation methods to the function specified.  For
example, LINE, ENDPTS creates lines using the designated
endpoints for line length.

VIEWPORT sets the length of lines created using any of the
line creation methods to the limits of the current
viewport window.  For example, LINE, ENDPTS creates line
endpoints that CADKEY uses to determine only the slope of
the line, not its length.
2
-10 0 73 #
-11 0 0 !
741 11 Control Coords View
VIEW constructs an entity in view coordinates; with the
display axes representing x as horizontal, y vertical, and
the positive z axis pointing out of the screen.

-You can also select COORD: in the Status Window to select
the coordinate system.

-The immediate mode command (Ctrl)-(V) toggles between
VIEW and WORLD coordinates.  When selected, this option
automatically assigns the coordinates system to view
coordinates.
2
-10 0 74 #
-11 0 0 !
742 14 Control Coords World
WORLD lets you construct the entity in world coordinates,
relative to View 1, top view.  The directions of x, y, and
z axes are independent of the current working view.  For
example, if in View 8, axonometric view, CADKEY skews all
three axes to the screen.  When selected, this option
automatically assigns the coordinates system to world
coordinates.  Setting this switch affects the following
functions:

Position Menu-DELTA and KEY-IN options.

X-FORM menu-DELTA and SCALE, AXES options.

CADL-The way in which CADL outputs entities.
2
-10 0 74 #
-11 0 0 !
781 22 Control Syscmd None
NONE starts a system command or another program while
keeping your part or graphics image on the screen.  Using
a one- or two-monitor configuration doesn't affect NONE
and your graphics display doesn't change.  CADKEY
suppresses the command or program text output.

This option does not display prompts that ask for
information in programs or commands.

The screen's graphics image stays the same, even if you
don't have a second non-graphics display screen.

1. At the command prompt, enter the program name or the
   system command <Enter>.

2. The command begins and CADKEY prompts you with the
   following: Executing system commands...

3. When CADKEY finishes with the command or the program,
   it returns you to CADKEY.

Make sure you save your part before you use NONE.
2
-10 0 78 #
-11 0 0 !
782 19 Control Syscmd Text
TEXT starts system command or other programs without
exiting the program environment.  TEXT uses your system's
graphics display setup.  If you set a two-monitor
configuration in the configuration program, CADKEY's
graphics display doesn't change.  CADKEY uses the second
screen for text output.  If you set a one-monitor
configuration in the configuration program, CADKEY stores
the graphics image and uses the that screen for text
output.  When finished with TEXT, CADKEY restores the
graphics image.

1. For a one- or two-monitor configuration, enter the
   program name or the system command.  The command starts
   on the screen set for output.

2. When the command finishes, press any key to return to
   your place in the system.

Make sure you save your part before you use TEXT.
2
-10 0 78 #
-11 0 0 !
783 16 Control Syscmd Graphic
GRAPHIC starts a system command or another program without
clearing the screen of the graphics image.  GRAPHIC uses
your system's graphics display, even if you set a
two-monitor configuration.  CADKEY stores the system's
graphics image before you run GRAPHIC and restores the
image later.

1. At the command prompt, enter the program name or the
   system command, <Enter>.  CADKEY prompts: Executing
   system command...

2. The command shows on the screen you set for output in
   the configuration program.  When the command finishes,
   CADKEY returns you to the SYSCMD menu.

Make sure you save your part before you use GRAPHIC.
2
-10 0 78 #
-11 0 0 !
784 13 Control Syscmd Shell
SHELL goes into the operating system environment without
exiting CADKEY's environment.  CADKEY stores the screen
and restores it when you return from SHELL.  It doesn't
matter if you set your monitor configuration for one- or
two-monitor configurations.

1. Enter a system command or a program name to start
   <Enter>.  When CADKEY finishes with the command or the
   program, it returns you to your system prompt.

2. Continue starting commands and programs or type exit,
   <Enter> to go back to the place in CADKEY from which
   you started SYSCMD.
2
-10 0 78 #
-11 0 0 !
1131 18 Create Line Paralel, Thru pt
THRU PT creates a line parallel to a selected line,
through a specified point.

1. Select an existing line as a reference for creating the
   parallel line.

2. Use an option from the Position Menu to indicate the
   reference point that the parallel line passes through.

2-D construction mode: CADKEY projects the reference line
and the reference point to the current construction plane.
It creates the line parallel to the projection of the
reference line, and the line passes through the projection
of the reference point.

3-D construction mode: CADKEY creates the parallel line in
the plane formed by the reference line and the reference
point.
2
-10 0 113 #
-11 0 0 !
1132 15 Create Line Paralel, At dist
AT DIST creates a parallel line at a specified distance
from a selected reference line.

1. Enter the distance from the reference line at which you
   want to create the parallel line <Enter>, or press
   <Enter> to accept the default.

2. Select an existing line as a reference for creating the
   parallel line.

3. CADKEY can create the parallel line on either side of
   the reference line.  Use the cursor to indicate the
   side you want.

CADKEY creates the line in the construction plane.
2
-10 0 113 #
-11 0 0 !
1141 33 Create Line Tan/prp Tan pt
TAN PT creates a line tangent to a selected entity, and
through a specified reference point.

1. Select the entity, near the point of tangency.

2. Use an option from the Position Menu to indicate the
   reference point that the tangent line will pass
   through.

If you are in 3-D construction mode and the selected
entities are not coplanar, you see an error message.
Press <Enter> and select the second entity.

3. If you set the L-LIMIT switch to FUNCTN and the
   reference point is on the selected entity, you see an
   error message telling you that the solution was not
   found and the entity was not created.  Press <Enter>.
   Change the line limits <Enter>.  Press F10 to back up
   and reselect the entity.  Then reselect the reference
   point.

When L-LIMIT is set to FUNCTN, CADKEY creates the tangent
line with the reference point and the tangency point as
its endpoints.

With L-LIMIT set to VIEWPORT, the tangent line passes
through the reference point and the tangency point, and
extends to the screen limits.

If the reference point is on the selected entity and you
set L-LIMIT to VIEWPORT, CADKEY creates a line tangent to
the selected entity at the specified reference point that
extends to the screen limits.
2
-10 0 114 #
-11 0 0 !
1142 32 Create Line Tan/prp Prp pt
PRP PT creates a line perpendicular to a selected entity,
and through a specified point.

1. Select the entity, near the point of perpendicularity.

2. Use an option from the Position Menu to indicate the
   reference point that the perpendicular line will pass
   through.

3. If you are in 3-D construction mode and the selected
   entities are not coplanar, you see an error message.
   Press <Enter> and select the second entity.

4. If you set L-LIMIT to FUNCTN and the reference point is
   on the selected entity, you see an error message that
   tells you the entity selection was not valid.  Press
   <Enter>.  Change the line limits, press <Enter>.  Press
   F10 to reselect the entity.  Then reselect the
   reference point.

If you set L-LIMIT to FUNCTN, CADKEY creates the
perpendicular line with the reference point and the
perpendicularity point as its endpoints.

If you set L-LIMIT to VIEWPORT, the perpendicular line
passes through the reference point and the
perpendicularity point, and extends to the screen limits.

If the reference point is on the selected entity and you
set L-LIMIT to VIEWPORT, the line is perpendicular to the
selected entity at the specified reference point, and the
line extends to the screen limits.
2
-10 0 114 #
-11 0 0 !
1143 23 Create Line Tan/prp Tan tan
TAN TAN creates a line tangent to two selected entities.

1. Select the first entity, near the point of tangency.

2. Select the second entity, near the point of tangency.

3. If you are in 3-D construction mode and the selected
   entities are not coplanar, you see an error message.
   Press <Enter> and select the second entity.

4. If you set L-LIMIT to FUNCTN and the tangency points of
   the two entities are coincident, you see an error
   message that tells you that the solution was not found
   and the entity was not created.  Press <Enter>.  Change
   the line limits, press <Enter>.  Press F10 to reselect
   the entity.  Then, select the second entity again.

With L-LIMIT set to FUNCTN, CADKEY creates the tangent
line with the tangency points as its endpoints.

With L-LIMIT set to VIEWPORT, the tangent line passes
through the tangency points and extends to the screen
limits.
2
-10 0 114 #
-11 0 0 !
1151 12 Create Line Hrz/vrt Horiztl:
Using HORIZTL:

1. Use an option from the Position Menu to indicate a
   position for the new line or lines.

2-D construction mode: CADKEY projects the reference point
to the current construction plane, and creates the line in
the current construction plane.

3-D construction mode: CADKEY creates the line in the
plane that is parallel to the current construction plane
and that passes through the indicated reference point.
2
-10 0 115 #
-11 0 0 !
1152 12 Create Line Hrz/vrt Verticl:
Using VERTICL:

1. Use an option from the Position Menu to indicate a
   position for the new line or lines.

2-D construction mode: CADKEY projects the reference point
to the current construction plane, and creates the line in
the current construction plane.

3-D construction mode: CADKEY creates the line in the
plane that is parallel to the current construction plane
and that passes through the indicated reference point.
2
-10 0 115 #
-11 0 0 !
1153 15 Create Line Hrz/vrt Both:
Using BOTH:

1. Use an option from the Position Menu to indicate a
   position for the new line or lines.

2-D construction mode: CADKEY projects the reference point
to the current construction plane, and creates the line in
the current construction plane.

3-D construction mode: CADKEY creates the line in the
plane that is parallel to the current construction plane
and that passes through the indicated reference point.

With BOTH, the indicated position is the intersection of
two lines.
2
-10 0 115 #
-11 0 0 !
1171 12 Create Line Rectang Corners
CORNERS creates a line rectangle by indicating positions
for two opposite corners of the rectangle.

1. Use an option from the Position Menu to indicate a
   position for one corner of the rectangle.

2. Use an option from the Position Menu to indicate a
   position for the opposite corner of the rectangle.

CADKEY creates the rectangle, which consists of four
separate, non-associated, line entities.  CADKEY always
creates the rectangle in the current construction plane.
2
-10 0 117 #
-11 0 0 !
1172 20 Create Line Rectang Wid/ht
WID/HT creates a line rectangle by specifying values for
the width and height, and indicating a position for the
lower-left corner of the entity.

1. Enter the width of the rectangle <Enter>, or press
   <Enter> to accept the default.

2. Enter the height of the rectangle <Enter>, or press
   <Enter> to accept the default.

3. Use an option from the Position Menu to indicate a
   position for the lower-left corner of the rectangle.

2-D construction mode: CADKEY projects the reference point
to the current construction plane, and creates the
rectangle in the construction plane.

3-D construction mode: CADKEY creates the rectangle in the
plane that is parallel to the construction plane and that
passes through the indicated reference point.
2
-10 0 117 #
-11 0 0 !
1191 9 Create Line Mesh 2 curve
2 CURVE creates a line mesh defined by a selected
generator curve and director curve.  The mesh simulates a
swept surface that CADKEY forms by moving-sweeping-the
generator curve along the director curve.  Remember that
the endpoints of the generator and director curves do not
need to intersect.

For detailed information about this option, please see the
User Reference Manual.
2
-10 0 119 #
-11 0 0 !
1192 9 Create Line Mesh 3 curve
3 CURVE creates a line mesh defined by two generator
curves and a director curve, or by one generator curve and
two director curves.  The mesh simulates blending two,
two-curve surfaces.  When you use this option, the
endpoints of the three curves must intersect to form a
closed boundary.

For detailed information about this option, please see the
User Reference Manual.
2
-10 0 119 #
-11 0 0 !
1193 8 Create Line Mesh 4 curve
4 CURVE creates a line mesh that is defined by two
generator curves and two director curves.  The mesh
simulates blending four, two-curve surfaces.  When you use
the 4 CURVE option, the endpoints of the four curves must
intersect to form a closed boundary.

For detailed information about this option, please see the
User Reference Manual.
2
-10 0 119 #
-11 0 0 !
1194 7 Create Line Mesh Tab cyl
TAB CYL is CADKEY shorthand for tabulated-cylinder mesh.
This option creates a line mesh that simulates the surface
that is defined by sweeping a generator curve along an
axis vector, the director, of a specified length.

For detailed information about this option, please see the
User Reference Manual.
2
-10 0 119 #
-11 0 0 !
1195 7 Create Line Mesh Revolut
REVOLUT is CADKEY shorthand for surface-of-revolution
mesh.  This option creates a line mesh that simulates the
surface formed by rotating a generator curve about an axis
by a specified angular distance.

For detailed information about this option, please see the
User Reference Manual.
2
-10 0 119 #
-11 0 0 !
1196 13 Create Line Mesh Sphere
SPHERE creates a line mesh that simulates a sphere.  You
can create a sphere in one of two ways:

Specify the center and radius of the sphere, and the
number of latitude and longitude lines.

or;

Specify the center and diameter of the sphere, and the
number of latitude and longitude lines.

For detailed information about this option, please see the
User Reference Manual.
2
-10 0 119 #
-11 0 0 !
1197 6 Create Line Mesh Ruled
RULED creates a ruled-line mesh that simulates the surface
formed by simultaneously moving a line, a generator, along
two director curves.

For detailed information about this option, please see the
User Reference Manual.
2
-10 0 119 #
-11 0 0 !
1351 22 Create Circle Tangent Ctr-ent
CTR-ENT creates a circle tangent to a selected entity,
with its center at an indicated position.You cannot
indicate the center position on the selected tangent
entity.

1. Select the tangent entity, near the point of tangency.

2. Use an option from the Position Menu to indicate a
   position for the center of the circle.

3. If CADKEY cannot create a tangent circle-for example,
   because the indicated center position is on the
   selected tangent entity-you see an error message.
   CADKEY prompts you to press <Enter> and select a
   different center position.

2-D construction mode: CADKEY creates the circle in the
construction view, at the depth that was active when you
indicated the center.

3-D construction mode: CADKEY creates the circle in the
plane of the selected entity and the indicated point.
2
-10 0 135 #
-11 0 0 !
1352 25 Create Circle Tangent 2 ents
2 ENTS creates a circle tangent to two selected entities,
with a specified radius.  You cannot select parallel lines
with this option.

1. Enter a value for the radius and press <Enter>, or
   press <Enter> to accept the default.

2. Select the first tangent entity, near the point of
   tangency.

3. Select the second tangent entity, near the point of
   tangency.

4. If CADKEY cannot create a tangent circle-for example,
   because you are in 3-D construction mode and the
   selected entities are not coplanar-you see an error
   message.  CADKEY prompts you to press <Enter> and
   select a different entity as the first tangent entity.

2-D construction mode: CADKEY creates the circle in the
construction view, at the depth that was active when you
selected the second tangent entity.

3-D construction mode: CADKEY creates the circle in the
plane of the selected entities.
2
-10 0 135 #
-11 0 0 !
1353 24 Create Circle Tangent 3 ents
3 ENTS creates a circle tangent to three selected
entities.

1. Select the first tangent entity, near the point of
   tangency.

2. Select the second tangent entity, near the point of
   tangency.

3. Select the third tangent entity, near the point of
   tangency.

4. If CADKEY cannot create a tangent circle-for example,
   because you are in 3-D construction mode and the
   selected entities are not coplanar-you see an error
   message.  CADKEY prompts you to press <Enter> and to
   select a different entity as the first tangent entity.

2-D construction mode: CADKEY creates the circle in the
construction view, at the depth that was active when you
selected the third tangent entity.

3-D construction mode: CADKEY creates the circle in the
plane of the selected entities.
2
-10 0 135 #
-11 0 0 !
1431 22 Create Point Segment Number
NUMBER segments a curve by the number of segments you
specify.

1. Enter the number of segments <Enter>, or press <Enter>
   to accept the default of two.

2. Choose YES to group the points.  Type a group name; if
   necessary, a subgroup number <Enter>.  Choose NO to
   continue without grouping.

3. Select the curve.

CADKEY creates the points.

Keep the following notes in mind:

-The number of points created is one greater than the
number of segments that you specify.

-CADKEY always creates points at the start and end of the
selected curve.  The distance between points equals the
length of the curve divided by the number of segments.
2
-10 0 143 #
-11 0 0 !
1432 30 Create Point Segment Distnce
DISTNCE lets you enter the length of the segments-that is,
the distance between the created points.

1. Enter the distance <Enter>, or press <Enter> to accept
   the default of 1.00.

2. Choose YES to group the points.  Type a group name and,
   if necessary, a subgroup number <Enter>.  Choose NO to
   continue without grouping.

3. Select the curve near the desired start point.

4. If the specified distance is greater than the length of
   the curve or less than .000001, you see an error
   message.  Press <Enter> and enter a new distance.

If the specified distance is valid, CADKEY creates the
points.

Keep the following notes in mind:

-CADKEY always creates the endpoint closest to the
selection point as the first point on the specified curve.

-If the length of the curve is not an exact multiple of
the specified distance, CADKEY does not create a point at
the other endpoint of the curve.

-The specified distance cannot be greater than the length
of the selected curve or less than .00005.
2
-10 0 143 #
-11 0 0 !
1433 14 Create Point Segment Alongc
ALONGC lets you segment a curve by creating one point on
the curve at a specified distance from a selected
endpoint.

1. Enter the distance <Enter>, or press <Enter> to accept
   the default of 1.00.
   
2. Select the curve near the desired endpoint.

3. If the specified distance is greater than the length of
   the curve or less than .000001, you see an error
   message.  Press <Enter> and enter a new distance.  If
   the specified distance is valid, CADKEY creates the
   point.
2
-10 0 143 #
-11 0 0 !
1441 9 Create Point Mesh, 2 curve
2 CURVE creates a point mesh defined by a selected
generator curve and director curve.  The mesh simulates a
swept surface formed by moving, sweeping, the generator
curve along the director curve.  With 2 CURVE, the
endpoints of the generator and director curve do not need
to intersect.

See the "CREATE" chapter in the User Reference Manual for
detailed information on this option.
2
-10 0 144 #
-11 0 0 !
1442 9 Create Point Mesh, 3 curve
3 CURVE creates a point mesh defined by two generator
curves and a director curve, or by one generator curve and
two director curves.  The mesh simulates blending two,
two-curve surfaces.  When you use this option, the
endpoints of the three curves must intersect to form a
closed boundary.

See the "CREATE" chapter in the User Reference Manual for
detailed information on this option.
2
-10 0 144 #
-11 0 0 !
1443 8 Create Point Mesh, 4 curve
4 CURVE creates a point mesh that is defined by two
generator curves and two director curves.  The mesh
simulates the blending of four, two-curve surfaces.  When
using this option, the endpoints of the four curves must
intersect to form a closed boundary.

See the "CREATE" chapter in the User Reference Manual for
detailed information on this option.
2
-10 0 144 #
-11 0 0 !
1444 6 Create Point Mesh, Tab cyl
TAB CYL creates a point mesh that simulates a surface
defined by sweeping a generator curve along an axis
vector, a director, of a specified length.

See the "CREATE" chapter in the User Reference Manual for
detailed information on this option.
2
-10 0 144 #
-11 0 0 !
1445 6 Create Point Mesh, Revolut
REVOLUT creates a point mesh approximating a surface
formed by rotating a generator curve about an axis by a
specified angular distance.

See the "CREATE" chapter in the User Reference Manual for
detailed information on this option.
2
-10 0 144 #
-11 0 0 !
1446 13 Create Point Mesh, Sphere
SPHERE creates a point mesh that simulates a sphere.  You
can create a sphere in one of two ways:

Specify the center and radius of the sphere, and the
number of latitude and longitude lines.

or;

Specify the center and diameter of the sphere, and the
number of latitude and longitude lines.

See the "CREATE" chapter in the User Reference Manual for
detailed information on this option.
2
-10 0 144 #
-11 0 0 !
1447 6 Create Point Mesh, Ruled
RULED creates a point mesh approximation of a surface
formed by simultaneously moving a generator along two
director curves.

See the "CREATE" chapter in the User Reference Manual for
detailed information on this option.
2
-10 0 144 #
-11 0 0 !
1521 12 Create Polyline Rectang Corners
CORNERS lets you indicate two opposite corners of the
rectangle.

1. Use an option from the Position Menu to indicate a
   position for one corner of the rectangle.

2. Use an option from the Position Menu to indicate a
   position for the opposite corner.

CADKEY projects the corners to the current construction
plane, and creates the polyline in the construction plane
at the current depth.
2
-10 0 152 #
-11 0 0 !
1522 19 Create Polyline Rectang Wid/ht
WID/HT creates a rectangle by letting you specify the
width, height, and a position for the lower-left corner.

1. Enter a value for the width of the rectangle <Enter>,
   or press <Enter> to accept the default.

2. Enter a value for the height of the rectangle <Enter>,
   or press <Enter> to accept the default.

3. Use an option from the Position Menu to indicate a
   position for the lower-left corner of the rectangle.

2-D construction mode: CADKEY projects the reference point
to the current construction plane, and creates the
polyline in the construction plane.

3-D construction mode: CADKEY creates the polyline in the
plane that is parallel to the construction plane and
passes through the indicated reference position.
2
-10 0 152 #
-11 0 0 !
1551 8 Create Polyline Mesh 2 curve
2 CURVE creates a polyline mesh defined by a selected
generator curve and a director curve.  The mesh simulates
a swept surface formed by moving, sweeping, the generator
curve along the director curve.  The endpoints of the
generator and director curve do not need to intersect.

See the "CREATE" chapter in the User Reference Manual for
detailed information on this option.
2
-10 0 155 #
-11 0 0 !
1552 5 Create Polyline Mesh 3 curve
3 CURVE creates a polyline mesh defined by two generator
curves and a director curve, or by one generator curve and
two director curves.  The mesh simulates blending two,
two-curve surfaces.  The endpoints of the three curves
must intersect.
2
-10 0 155 #
-11 0 0 !
1553 7 Create Polyline Mesh 4 curve
4 CURVE creates a polyline mesh defined by two generator
curves and two director curves.  The mesh simulates
blending four, two-curve surfaces.  The endpoints of the
four curves must intersect to form a closed boundary.

See "CREATE" in the User Reference Manual for detailed
information on this option.
2
-10 0 155 #
-11 0 0 !
1554 6 Create Polyline Mesh Tab cyl
TAB CYL creates a polyline mesh approximation of a surface
defined by sweeping a generator curve along an axis
vector, the director, of a specified length.

See the "CREATE" chapter in the User Reference Manual for
detailed information on this option.
2
-10 0 155 #
-11 0 0 !
1555 6 Create Polyline Mesh Revolut
REVOLUT creates a polyline mesh that simulates the surface
that is formed by rotating a generator curve about an axis
by a specified angular distance.

See the "CREATE" chapter in the User Reference Manual for
detailed information on this option.
2
-10 0 155 #
-11 0 0 !
1556 13 Create Polyline Mesh Sphere
SPHERE creates a polyline mesh that simulates a sphere.
You can create a sphere in one of two ways:

Specify the center and radius of the sphere, and the
number of latitude and longitude lines.

or;

Specify the center and diameter of the sphere, and the
number of latitude and longitude lines.

See the "CREATE" chapter in the User Reference Manual for
detailed information about this option.
2
-10 0 155 #
-11 0 0 !
1557 6 Create Polyline Mesh Ruled
RULED creates a polyline mesh that simulates a surface
formed by simultaneously moving a generator along two
director curves.

See the "CREATE" chapter in the User Reference Manual for
detailed information on this option.
2
-10 0 155 #
-11 0 0 !
1711 16 Create Conic 5 cond 2p 2s r
2P 2S R is CADKEY shorthand for two points, two slopes,
and a rho value.  This option creates a conic based on the
following conditions:

-Positions for the start and endpoints of the conic.  0.0
< rho < 1.0

-A value (rho) that determines the type of conic.

-The slope of the conic at the start and endpoints.

-The rho value that you enter must be greater than zero
and less than one.

See the "CREATE" chapter in the User Reference Manual for
detailed information on this option.
2
-10 0 171 #
-11 0 0 !
1712 10 Create Conic 5 cond 3p 2s
3P 2S is CADKEY shorthand for three points and two
slopes.  This option creates a conic based on the
following conditions:

-Positions for three points on the conic.

-The slope of the conic at two of the indicated points.

See the "CREATE" chapter in the User Reference Manual for
detailed information on this option
2
-10 0 171 #
-11 0 0 !
1713 10 Create Conic 5 cond 4p 1s
4P 1S is CADKEY shorthand for four points and one slope.
This option creates a conic based on the following
conditions:

-Positions for four points on the conic.

-The slope of the conic at one of the indicated points.

See the "CREATE" chapter in the User Reference Manual for
detailed information on this option
2
-10 0 171 #
-11 0 0 !
1714 6 Create Conic 5 cond 5 pts
5 PTS is CADKEY shorthand for five points.  This option
creates a conic based on the positions of five points on
the conic.

See the "CREATE" chapter in the User Reference Manual for
detailed information on this option
2
-10 0 171 #
-11 0 0 !
1851 51 Create Polygon Mesh 2 curve
2 CURVE creates a polygon mesh defined by a selected
generator curve and director curve.  The mesh simulates a
swept surface formed by moving, sweeping, the generator
curve along the director curve.  The endpoints of the
generator curve and the director curve do not need to
intersect.

1. Choose whether you want to create a three- or
   four-sided polygon from the menu:

THREE
FOUR

A three-sided polygon mesh is easier to shade.  A
four-sided polygon mesh is more precise.

2. To define the sweep of the profile, choose an option
   from the following menu:

TRANSL keeps the generator curve's orientation relative to
the world coordinate frame as CADKEY moves the generator
curve along the director curve.

ROTATE keeps the generator curve's orientation to the
director curve as CADKEY moves the generator curve along
the director curve.

3. Cursor select the line, arc, conic, or spline to use as
   the generator curve.

4. Enter the number of segments to break the generator
   curve into <Enter>, or press <Enter> to accept the
   default.

5. Cursor select the line, arc, conic, or spline to use as
   the director curve, near the end where you want the
   sweep of the generator curve to start.  Enter the
   number of segments to break the director curve into
   <Enter>, or press <Enter> to accept the default.

6. CADKEY displays a temporary mesh and a NO/YES menu.
   Check to make sure that CADKEY connected the curves
   correctly.  To keep the curves, choose YES.  If the
   curves are not connected correctly, choose NO.  The
   THREE/FOUR menu appears; reselect the appropriate
   options.  If the curves are connected correctly, choose
   YES.

7. To group the entities, choose YES and type a group
   name.  To continue without grouping, choose NO.  CADKEY
   creates the mesh.  The THREE/FOUR menu appears.
2
-10 0 185 #
-11 0 0 !
1852 46 Create Polygon Mesh 3 curve
3 CURVE creates a polygon mesh defined by two generator
curves and a director curve, or by one generator curve and
two director curves.  The mesh simulates blending two,
two-curve surfaces.  The endpoints of the three curves
must intersect to form a closed boundary.  With 3 CURVE
you can create only three-sided polygons.

1. To define the sweep of the profile, choose an option
   from the following menu: TRANSL keeps the generator
   curve's orientation relative to the world coordinate
   frame as CADKEY moves the generator curve along the
   director curve.  ROTATE keeps the generator curve's
   orientation to the director curve as CADKEY moves the
   generator curve along the director curve.

2. Cursor select the line, arc, conic, or spline to use as
   the first generator curve.

3. Cursor select the line, arc, conic, or spline to use as
   the second generator curve.  To select two director
   curves rather than two generator curves, press
   <Enter>.

4. Enter the number of segments to break the generator
   curve or curves into <Enter>, or press <Enter> to
   accept the default.

5. If you selected two generator curves, cursor select the
   line, arc, conic, or spline to use as a director curve.
   If you selected one generator curve, cursor select the
   two lines, arcs, conics, or splines to use as the two
   director curves.

6. Enter the number of segments that the you want to break
   the director curve or curves into <Enter>, or press
   <Enter> to accept the default.

7. CADKEY displays a temporary mesh and a NO/YES menu.
   Check to make sure that CADKEY connected the curves
   correctly.  To keep the curves, choose YES.  If the
   curves are not connected correctly, choose NO.  The
   THREE/FOUR menu appears; reselect the appropriate
   options.  If the curves are connected correctly, choose
   YES.  To group the entities, choose YES and type a
   group name.  To continue without grouping, choose NO.
   CADKEY creates the mesh.  The THREE/FOUR menu appears.
2
-10 0 185 #
-11 0 0 !
1853 59 Create Polygon Mesh 4 curve
4 CURVE creates a polygon mesh defined by two generator
curves and two director curves.  The mesh simulates
blending four, two-curve surfaces.

-You cannot use a closed curve, for example, a circle or
an ellipse, or a closed spline.

1. Choose whether you want to create a three- or
   four-sided polygon from the menu:

THREE
FOUR

A three-sided polygon mesh is easier to shade.  A
four-sided polygon mesh is more precise.

2. To define the sweep of the profile, choose an option
   from the following menu:

TRANSL keeps the generator curve's orientation relative to
the world coordinate frame as CADKEY moves the generator
curve along the director curve.

ROTATE keeps the generator curve's orientation to the
director curve as CADKEY moves the generator curve along
the director curve.

3. Cursor select the line, arc, conic, or spline to use as
   the first generator curve.

4. Cursor select the line, arc, conic, or spline to use as
   the second generator curve.

5. Enter the number of segments to break the generator
   curves into <Enter>, or press ,<Enter> to accept the
   default.

6. Cursor select the line, arc, conic, or spline to use as
   the first director curve.

7. Cursor select another line, arc, conic, or spline to
   use as the second director curve or press <Enter> to
   use the same entity as the second director curve.

8. Enter the number of segments to break the director
   curves into <Enter>, or press <Enter> to accept the
   default.

9. CADKEY displays a temporary mesh and a NO/YES menu.
   Check to make sure that CADKEY connected the curves
   correctly.  To keep the curves, choose YES.  If the
   curves are not connected correctly, choose NO.  The
   THREE/FOUR menu appears; reselect the appropriate
   options.  If the curves are connected correctly, choose
   YES.

10. To group the entities, choose YES and type a group
    name.  To continue without grouping, choose NO.
    CADKEY creates the mesh.  The THREE/FOUR menu appears.
2
-10 0 185 #
-11 0 0 !
1854 66 Create Polygon Mesh Tab cyl
TAB CYL creates a polygon mesh that simulates a surface
defined by sweeping a generator curve along an axis
vector, director, of a specified length.

1. Choose whether you want to create a three- or
   four-sided polygon from the menu:

THREE
FOUR

Tabulated-cylinder mesh

A three-sided polygon mesh is easier to shade.  A
four-sided polygon mesh is more precise.

2. Cursor select the line, arc, conic or, spline to use as
   the generator curve.

3. Enter the number of segments to break the generator
   curve into <Enter>, or press <Enter> to accept the
   default.

4. Define the cylinder axis by selecting from the menu.

2 PTS defines the cylinder axis by selecting a start point
and an endpoint.  CADKEY directs the axis vector from the
start point to the endpoint.  Using an option from the
Position Menu, indicate a start point and an endpoint to
define the axis vector.

LINE defines the cylinder axis by selecting a line entity.
CADKEY directs the axis vector from the end of the line
closest to the selection point, to the opposite end of the
line.  Cursor select a line entity to define the axis
vector.

END ENT defines the cylinder axis by selecting a line,
arc, conic, polyline, or spline.  CADKEY defines the axis
as the outward-pointing tangent vector at the end of the
entity, closest to the cursor selection position.  Cursor
select a line, arc, conic, polyline, or spline.

KEYIN lets you define the cylinder axis by entering the
axis vector coordinates.  Enter values for the x, y, and z
components of the vector, in world or construction
coordinates, to define the direction of the axis vector.

5. Enter the length of the cylinder <Enter>, or press
   <Enter> to accept the default.  If you use a negative
   length, CADKEY reverses the direction of the axis
   vector.

6. Enter the number of segments you want to generate in
   the axis direction <Enter>, or press <Enter> to accept
   the default.

7. CADKEY displays a temporary mesh and a NO/YES menu.
   Check to make sure that CADKEY connected the curves
   correctly If the curves are not connected correctly,
   choose NO.  The THREE/FOUR menu appears.  You can
   reselect the appropriate options.  To keep the curves,
   choose YES.

8. To group the entities, choose YES and type a group
   name.  To continue without grouping, choose NO.  CADKEY
   creates the mesh.  The THREE/FOUR menu appears.
2
-10 0 185 #
-11 0 0 !
1855 72 Create Polygon Mesh Revolut
REVOLUT creates a polygon mesh that simulates a surface
formed by rotating a generator curve about an axis by a
specific angular distance.

1. Choose whether you want to create a three- or
   four-sided polygon from the menu:

THREE
FOUR

Surface-of-revolution mesh

A three-sided polygon mesh is easier to shade.  A
four-sided polygon mesh is more precise.

2. Cursor select the line, arc, conic, or spline to use as
   the generator curve.

3. Enter the number of segments to break the generator
   curve into <Enter>, or press <Enter> to accept the
   default.

4. To define a rotation axis for the mesh of revolution,
   choose from the menu:

2 PTS defines the cylinder axis by selecting a start point
and an endpoint.  CADKEY directs the axis vector from the
start point to the endpoint.  Use an option from the
Position Menu to indicate a start point and an endpoint
to define the axis vector.

LINE defines the cylinder axis by selecting a line entity.
CADKEY directs the axis vector from the end of the line
closest to the selection point, to the opposite end of the
line.  Cursor select a line entity to define the axis
vector.

END ENT defines the cylinder axis by selecting a line,
arc, conic, polyline, or spline.  CADKEY defines the axis
as the outward-pointing tangent vector at the end of the
entity, closest to the cursor selection position.  Cursor
select a line, arc, conic, polyline, or spline.

KEYIN lets you define the cylinder axis by entering the
axis vector coordinates and then selecting a point on the
axis.  Enter the x, y, z vector components, either in
world or construction coordinates.

5. Use an option from the Position Menu to indicate a
   point on the axis.  The selected point and vector
   components determine the line around which CADKEY
   rotates the generator curve.

6. Enter, in degrees, the total angular distance to rotate
   the generator about the axis <Enter>, or press <Enter>
   to accept the default.

7. Enter the number of segments to generate in the
   rotation direction <Enter>, or press <Enter> to accept
   the default.  If the vector that defines the axis is
   normal to the screen-that is, it points toward you-
   CADKEY rotates the generator curve counter-clockwise.

8. CADKEY displays a temporary mesh and a NO/YES menu.
   Check to make sure that CADKEY connected the curves
   correctly.  To keep the curves, choose YES.  To change
   the curves, choose NO.  The THREE/FOUR menu appears.
   Reselect the appropriate options.

9. To group the entities, choose YES and type a group
   name.  To continue without grouping, choose NO.  CADKEY
   creates the mesh.  The THREE/FOUR menu appears.
2
-10 0 185 #
-11 0 0 !
1856 40 Create Polygon Mesh Sphere
SPHERE creates a polygon mesh that simulates a sphere.
You can create only three-sided polygons.  CADKEY creates
a sphere in one of two ways:

Specify the center and radius of the sphere, and the
number of latitude and longitude lines.  Spherical mesh

or;

Specify the center and diameter of the sphere, and the
number of latitude and longitude lines.

-CADKEY creates spheres in View 1, world coordinates.
Latitude lines lie in planes parallel to the world
coordinate x-y plane.  Longitude lines pass through the
north and south poles of the sphere.

1. To get started, choose an option from the menu.

CRT+RAD creates a mesh given the center and radius of a
sphere, and the number of longitude and latitude lines in
the sphere.

CRT+DIA creates a mesh given the center and diameter of a
sphere, and the number of longitude and latitude lines in
the sphere.

2. Use an option from the Position Menu to locate the
   center of the sphere.

3. Enter a number, greater than 0.0, to use as the sphere
   radius <Enter>, or press <Enter> to accept the default.

4. Enter the number of longitude and latitude lines, press
   <Enter> after each entry, or press <Enter> to accept
   the defaults.

5. To group the entities, choose YES.  To continue without
   grouping, choose NO.  CADKEY creates the mesh.  The
   CTR+RAD/CTR+DIA menu appears.
2
-10 0 185 #
-11 0 0 !
1857 50 Create Polygon Mesh Ruled
RULED creates a polygon mesh that simulates a surface
formed by simultaneously moving a generator along two
director curves.

1. Choose whether you want to create a three- or
   four-sided polygon from the menu:

THREE
FOUR

A three-sided polygon mesh is easier to shade.  A
four-sided polygon mesh is more precise.

2. Choose an option from the menu:

NUMSEGS divides the selected curve entities into a
specified number of equal-length segments.  Enter the
number of segments to divide the curves into <Enter>, or
press <Enter> to accept the default.

ARCLNTH divides the selected curve entity into segments of
a specific length.  The last segment's length is equal to,
or less than, the specified length.  The arc length is the
distance between each segmentation point, along the
selected curve.  Enter the arc length <Enter>, or press
<Enter> to accept the default.

3. Cursor select a line, arc, conic, or spline as the
   first director curve near the endpoint where you want
   to start the segmentation.

4. Cursor select another line, arc, conic, or spline as
   the second director curve near the endpoint you chose
   on the first curve.  If you select opposite endpoints,
   the mesh appears twisted.

5. CADKEY displays a temporary mesh and a NO/YES menu.
   Check to make sure that CADKEY connected the curves
   correctly.  To keep the curves as they are, choose YES.
   To start again by choosing another generator curve,
   choose NO.  The NUMSEGS/ARCLNTH menu appears and you
   can enter the correct information.

6. The NO/YES menu appears.  To create lines in the cross
   direction, choose YES.  The NUMSEGS/ARCLNTH menu
   appears.

7. To group the entities, choose YES and type a group
   name.  To continue without grouping, choose NO.  CADKEY
   creates the mesh.
2
-10 0 185 #
-11 0 0 !
1858 15 Create Polygon Mesh Reverse
REVERSE changes the normals of a grouped polygon mesh.
REVERSE is helpful when you want to shade the entity.

1. To choose the grouped polygon mesh, choose an option
   from the following menu:

BY NAME   enter the group name.
SELECT    select an entity in the group using the cursor

2. If the group does not exist, you see this prompt: Group
   not found...  press RETURN to continue

Press <Enter>, and group the entities using EDIT, GROUP.
CADKEY reverses the normals of the grouped polygons in the
database.
2
-10 0 185 #
-11 0 0 !
1981 42 Create Mesh 2 curve
2 CURVE creates a spline mesh defined by a selected
generator and director curve.  The mesh simulates a swept
surface formed by moving, sweeping, the generator curve
along the director curve.

-The endpoints of the generator and director curve do not
need to intersect.

1. To define the sweep of the profile, choose an option
   from the menu:

TRANSL keeps the generator curve's orientation relative to
the world coordinate frame as CADKEY moves the generator
curve along the director curve.

ROTATE keeps the generator curve's orientation to the
director curve as CADKEY moves the generator curve along
the director curve.

2. Cursor select the line, arc, conic, or spline to use as
   the generator curve.

3. Enter the number of segments to break the generator
   curve into <Enter>, or press <Enter> to accept the
   default.

4. Cursor select the line, arc, conic, or spline to use as
   the director curve near the end where you want to start
   the sweep of the generator curve.

5. Enter the number of segments to break the director
   curve into <Enter> or press <Enter> to accept the
   default.

6. CADKEY displays a temporary mesh and the NO/YES menu.
   Check to make sure that CADKEY connected the curves
   correctly.  To keep the curves, choose YES.  To select
   another generator curve choose NO.

7. To group the entities, choose YES and type a group
   name.  To continue without grouping, choose NO.  CADKEY
   creates the mesh.  The TRANSL/ROTATE menu appears.
2
-10 0 198 #
-11 0 0 !
1982 47 Create Mesh 3 curve
3 CURVE creates a spline mesh defined by two generator
curves and a director curve or by one generator curve and
two director curves.  The mesh simulates blending two,
two-curve surfaces.  The endpoints of the three curves
must intersect to form a closed boundary.

1. To define the sweep of the profile, choose an option
   from the menu:

TRANSL keeps the generator curve's orientation relative to
the world coordinate frame as CADKEY moves the generator
curve along the director curve.

ROTATE keeps the generator curve's orientation to the
director curve as CADKEY moves the generator curve along
the director curve.

2. Cursor select the line, arc, conic, or spline to use as
   the first generator curve.

3. Cursor select the line, arc, conic, or spline to use as
   the second generator curve.  To select two director
   curves rather than two generator curves, press <Enter>.

4. Enter the number of segments to break the generator
   curve or curves into <Enter>, or press <Enter> to
   accept the default.

5. If you selected two generator curves, CADKEY prompts
   you to cursor select the line, arc, conic, or spline to
   use as a director curve.  If you selected one generator
   curve, CADKEY prompts you to cursor select the two
   lines, arcs, conics, or splines to use as the two
   director curves.

6. Enter the number of segments to break the director
   curve or curves into <Enter>, or press <Enter> to
   accept the default.

7. CADKEY displays a temporary mesh and the NO/YES
   menu.Check to make sure that CADKEY connected the
   curves correctly.  To keep the curves, choose YES.  To
   select another generator curve, choose NO.

8. To group the entities, choose YES and type a group
   name.  To continue without grouping, choose NO.  CADKEY
   creates the mesh.  The TRANSL/ROTATE menu appears.
2
-10 0 198 #
-11 0 0 !
1983 41 Create Mesh 4 curve
4 CURVE creates a spline mesh defined by two generator
curves and two director curves.  The mesh simulates
blending four, two-curve surfaces.  The endpoints of the
four curves must intersect to form a closed boundary.

1. To define the sweep of the profile, choose an option
   from the menu:

TRANSL keeps the generator curve's orientation relative to
the world coordinate frame as CADKEY moves the generator
curve along the director curve.

ROTATE keeps the generator curve's orientation to the
director curve as CADKEY moves the generator curve along
the director curve.

2. Cursor select the line, arc, conic, or spline to use as
   the first generator curve.  Do the same thing for the
   second generator curve.

3. Enter the number of segments to break the generator
   curves into <Enter>, or press <Enter> to accept the
   default.

4. Cursor select the line, arc, conic, or spline to use as
   the first director curve.  Do the same thing for the
   second director curve, or press <Enter> to use the same
   entity as the second director curve.

5. Enter the number of segments to break the director
   curves into <Enter>, or press <Enter> to accept the
   default.

6. CADKEY displays a temporary mesh and the NO/YES menu.
   Check to make sure that CADKEY connected the curves
   correctly.  To keep the curves, choose YES.  To select
   another generator curve, choose NO.

7. To group the entities, choose YES and type a group
   name.  To continue without grouping, choose NO.  CADKEY
   creates the mesh.  The TRANSL/ROTATE menu appears.
2
-10 0 198 #
-11 0 0 !
1984 57 Create Mesh Tab cyl
TAB CYL is CADKEY shorthand for tabulated cylinder.  This
option creates a spline mesh that simulates a surface
defined by sweeping a generator curve along an axis
vector, director, of specified length.

1. Cursor select the line, arc, conic, or spline to use as
   the generator curve.

2. Enter the number of segments to break the generator
   curve into <Enter>, or press <Enter> to accept the
   default.

3. Select an option from the menu to define the cylinder
   axis:

2 PTS defines the cylinder axis by selecting a start point
and an endpoint.  CADKEY directs the axis vector from the
start point to the endpoint.

Use an option from the Position Menu to indicate a start
point and an endpoint.

LINE defines the cylinder axis by selecting a line entity.
CADKEY directs the axis vector from the end of the line
closest to the selection point, to the opposite end of the
line.  Cursor select a line to define the axis vector.

END ENT defines the cylinder axis by selecting a line,
arc, conic, polyline, or spline.  CADKEY defines the axis
as the outward-pointing tangent vector at the end of the
entity.  Cursor select a line, arc, conic, polyline, or
spline.

KEYIN lets you define the cylinder axis by entering the
axis vector coordinates.  Enter the x, y, z vector
components, either in world or construction coordinates.

4. Enter the length of the cylinder <Enter> or press
   <Enter> to accept the default.  If you enter a negative
   value, CADKEY reverses the direction of the vector
   axis.

5. Enter the number of segments to create in the axis
   direction <Enter>, or press <Enter> to accept the
   default.

6. CADKEY displays a temporary mesh and the NO/YES menu.
   Check to make sure that CADKEY connected the curves
   correctly.

To keep the curves, choose YES.  To select another
generator curve, choose NO.

7. To group the entities, choose YES and type a group
   name.  To continue without grouping, choose NO.  CADKEY
   creates the mesh and prompts you to select another
   generator curve.
2
-10 0 198 #
-11 0 0 !
1985 64 Create Mesh Revolut
REVOLUT creates a spline mesh that simulates a surface
formed by rotating a generator curve about an axis by a
specific angular distance.

1. Cursor select the line, arc, conic, or spline to use as
   the generator curve.

2. Enter the number of segments to break the generator
   curve into <Enter>, or press <Enter> to accept the
   default.

3. Choose an option from the menu to define a rotation
   axis for the mesh.

2 PTS defines the rotation by selecting a start point and
an endpoint.  CADKEY directs the axis vector from the
start point to the endpoint.

Use an option from the Position Menu to indicate a start
point and an endpoint.

LINE defines the rotation axis by selecting a line entity.
CADKEY directs the axis vector from the end of the line
closest to the selection point, to the opposite end of the
line.

Cursor select a line to define the axis vector.

END ENT defines the rotation by selecting a line, arc,
conic, polyline, or spline.  CADKEY defines the axis as
the outward-pointing tangent vector at the end of the
entity.Cursor select a line, arc, conic, polyline, or
spline.

KEYIN lets you define the rotation by entering the axis
vector coordinates.  Enter the x, y, z vector components,
either in world or construction coordinates.

4. Use an option from the Position Menu to indicate a
   point on the axis.  The selected point and the vector
   components determine the line around which CADKEY
   rotates the generator curve.

5. Enter, in degrees, the total angular distance to rotate
   the generator about the axis <Enter>, or press <Enter>
   to accept the default.

6. Enter the number of segments create in the rotation
   direction <Enter>, or press <Enter> to accept the
   default.

7. If the vector that defines the axis is normal to the
   display screen-it points toward you- CADKEY rotates the
   generator curve counter-clockwise.

8. CADKEY displays a temporary mesh and the NO/YES menu.
   Check to make sure that CADKEY connected the curves
   correctly.  To keep the curves, choose YES.  To select
   another generator curve, choose NO.

9. To group the entities, choose YES and type a group
   name.  To continue without grouping, choose NO.  CADKEY
   creates the mesh , and prompts you to select another
   generator curve.
2
-10 0 198 #
-11 0 0 !
1986 41 Create Mesh Sphere
SPHERE creates a spline mesh that simulates a sphere.  You
can create the mesh in one of two ways:

Specify the center and radius of the sphere, and the
number of latitude and longitude lines.

or;

Specify the center and diameter of the sphere, and the
number of latitude and longitude lines.  CADKEY creates
spheres are created in View1, world coordinates.

Latitude lines lie in planes parallel to the world
coordinate x-y plane.

Longitude lines pass through the north and south poles of
the sphere.

1. Choose an option from the menu to create the mesh:

CTR+RAD creates a mesh given the center and radius of a
sphere, and the number of longitude and latitude lines in
the sphere.

CTR+DIA creates a mesh given the center and diameter of a
sphere, and the number of longitude and latitude lines in
the sphere.

2. Use an option from the Position Menu to locate the
   center of the sphere.

3. Enter a number, greater than 0.0, to use as the sphere
   radius <Enter>, or press <Enter> to accept the default.

4. Enter the number of longitude and latitude lines, press
   <Enter> after each entry; or press <Enter> to accept
   the default values.

5. To group the entities, choose YES and type a group
   name.  To continue without grouping, choose NO.  CADKEY
   creates the mesh.  The CTR+RAD,CTR+DIA menu appears.
2
-10 0 198 #
-11 0 0 !
3131 10 Detail Dimensn Paralel Ref-pts
REF-PTS lets you create a parallel dimension along the
axis you define by the two endpoints you chose.

1. CADKEY displays the dimension and its leader lines.

2. If you make a mistake, choose UNDO in the Break Area or
   press (Alt)-(I).

CADKEY deletes the dimension and leader lines and you can
indicate another dimension text position.
2
-10 0 313 #
-11 0 0 !
3132 19 Detail Dimensn Paralel Key-in
KEY-IN creates a parallel dimension between the two
endpoints and according to the text position you chose,
and along an axis that you define by entering an axis
measurement in degrees.

You can use CONTROL, VERFY, ANGLE to double check angle
measurement.

1. CADKEY prompts you to enter the axis angle in degrees
   and displays the current angle in parentheses.

2. Type a value <Enter>.  CADKEY displays the dimension
   and its leader lines.

3. If you make a mistake, choose UNDO in the Break Area or
   press (Alt)-(I).

CADKEY deletes the dimension and leader lines and you can
indicate another dimension text position.
2
-10 0 313 #
-11 0 0 !
3133 19 Detail Dimensn Paralel Two-pts
TWO-PTS displays the parallel dimension between the two
endpoints and according to the text position you chose,
and along an axis that you define by choosing two axis
positions.

1. Choose an option from the Position Menu to indicate the
   first axis position.

2. Indicate the second axis position.

CADKEY displays the parallel dimension text between the
two endpoints and along the axis you define.  CADKEY
displays the dimension and its leader lines.

3. If you make a mistake, choose UNDO in the Break Area or
   press (Alt)-(I).

CADKEY deletes the dimension and leader lines and you can
indicate another dimension text position.
2
-10 0 313 #
-11 0 0 !
3141 27 Detail Dimensn Radius Regular
REGULAR lets you dimension the radius of an arc or circle
that you created in the same view as the one in which you
are dimensioning.

1. Select the arc or circle to dimension.

2. Indicate the dimension text placement using an option
   from the Position Menu.

3. If you place the text outside the arc or circle, choose
   a side for the leader to display:

LEFT draws a leader from the left side of the dimension
text.

RIGHT draws a leader from the right side of the dimension
text.

CADKEY dimensions the radius and prefixes it with the
ANSI-standard radius symbol, R.  CADKEY draws leader
lines, dimension text, and arrows according to the current
settings under DETAIL, SET.

4. If you make a mistake, choose UNDO in the Break Area or
   press (Alt)-(I).  CADKEY deletes the dimension and
   leader lines and you can indicate another dimension
   text position.
2
-10 0 314 #
-11 0 0 !
3142 26 Detail Dimensn Radius Edge
EDGE lets you dimension an arc or circle that you created
in any view.

Select the arc or circle to dimension.

FOR ARCS/CIRCLES CREATED IN VIEW OTHER THAN THE DISPLAY
VIEW:

1. Indicate the dimension text placement using an option
   from the Position Menu.

CADKEY dimensions the arc or circle using a horizontal,
vertical, or parallel dimension, depending on the viewing
orientation.  When you switch views, the dimension no
longer appears.

FOR ARCS/CIRCLES CREATED IN THE DISPLAY VIEW:

Choose an option:

HORIZTL
VERTICL
PARALEL

See the "DETAIL" chapter in the Reference Manual for
specific information on using these options.
2
-10 0 314 #
-11 0 0 !
3143 19 Detail Dimensn Radius Bent
BENT lets you dimension an arc or circle whose center does
not appear on-screen.

1. Cursor select the arc or circle you want to dimension.

Make sure your selections for steps 2 through 5 lie within
the arc/circle's radius/circumference.

2. Cursor select the reference center of the arc or
   circle; this is the leader's start point.

3. Cursor select the leader line's first bend, or elbow.

   4.  Cursor select the leader line's second elbow.  For
   a sharp angle, select almost directly above or below
   the first elbow.

5. Indicate the dimension text position using an option
   from the Position Menu.
2
-10 0 314 #
-11 0 0 !
3151 34 Detail Dimensn Angular 2 lines
2 LINES lets you dimension the angle between two lines
that you select.

1. Cursor select the first line.

2. Cursor select the second line.

If the lines are parallel, an error messages appears.
Press <Enter> to reselect non-parallel lines.

The intersecting lines define four angles for
dimensioning.  To make it easier to identify the angle you
want to dimension, CADKEY draws temporary dashed lines
that extend to the limits of the screen along the selected
lines.

3. Cursor select a position somewhere inside the angle you
   want to dimension.

4. CADKEY prompts you to indicate which angle you want to
   measure, INNER or OUTER.  If you choose INNER, CADKEY
   dimensions the inner angle; if you choose OUTER, CADKEY
   dimensions the outer angle.

5. Indicate the dimension text position using an option
   from the Position Menu.

CADKEY displays the dimension and its leader lines.

6. If you make a mistake, choose UNDO in the Break Area or
   press (Alt)-(I).

CADKEY deletes the dimension and leader lines and you can
indicate another dimension text position.
2
-10 0 315 #
-11 0 0 !
3152 40 Detail Dimensn Angular 3 pts
3 PTS lets you dimension the angle between two reference
points and a vertex that you specify.

1. Choose an option from the Position Menu to select the
   vertex of the angle you want to dimension.

NOTE: The vertex and the endpoints do not have to lie in
the same plane.

2. Indicate the first and second reference points
   representing the endpoints of the angle to dimension
   using options from the Position Menu.

The vertex and two reference points that you select define
two intersecting reference lines and four angles for
dimensioning.  To make it easier to identify the angle you
want to dimension, CADKEY draws temporary dashed that
extend to the limits of the screen along the reference
lines.

3. Cursor select a position somewhere inside the angle you
   want to dimension.

4. CADKEY prompts you to indicate which angle you want to
   measure, INNER or OUTER.  If you choose INNER, CADKEY
   dimensions the inner angle; if you choose OUTER, CADKEY
   dimensions the outer angle.

5. Indicate the dimension text position using an option
   from the Position Menu.

6. If you make a mistake, choose UNDO in the Break Area or
   press (Alt)-(I).

CADKEY deletes the dimension and leader lines and you can
indicate another dimension text position.

NOTE: CADKEY displays temporary lines for 3PTS.  When you
redraw, the temporary lines disappear, but the dimension
remains.
2
-10 0 315 #
-11 0 0 !
3161 27 Detail Dimensn Diametr Regular
REGULAR lets you dimension the diameter of a circle or arc
that you created in the same view as the one in which you
are dimensioning.

1. Select the arc or circle to dimension.

2. Indicate the dimension text placement using an option
   from the Position Menu.

3. If you place the text outside the arc or circle, choose
   the side of the dimension text you want the leader line
   drawn from:

LEFT draws a leader from the left side of the dimension
text.

RIGHT draws a leader from the right side of the dimension
text.

CADKEY dimensions the diameter and prefixes the dimension
text with the ANSI-standard diameter symbol.

4. If you make a mistake, choose UNDO in the Break Area or
   press (Alt)-(I).

CADKEY deletes the dimension and leader lines and you can
indicate another dimension text position.
2
-10 0 316 #
-11 0 0 !
3162 58 Detail Dimensn Diametr Edge
EDGE lets you dimension an arc or circle that was created
in any view.  Select the arc or circle to dimension.

FOR ARCS/CIRCLES CREATED IN A DIFFERENT VIEW THAN THE
DISPLAY VIEW

1. Indicate the dimension text placement using an option
   from the Position Menu.

CADKEY dimensions the arc or circle using a horizontal,
vertical, or parallel dimension, depending on the viewing
orientation.  When you switch views, the dimension no
longer appears.

2. If you make a mistake, choose UNDO in the Break Area or
   press (Alt)-(I).

CADKEY deletes the dimension and leader lines and you can
indicate another dimension text position.

FOR ARCS/CIRCLES CREATED IN THE DISPLAY VIEW

Choose an option:

HORIZTL
VERTICL
PARALEL

HORIZTL lets you create a horizontal dimension.

VERTICL lets you create a vertical dimension.

1. Indicate the dimension text placement using an option
   from the Position Menu.

CADKEY dimensions the diameter and prefixes it with the
ANSI-standard diameter symbol.

2. If you make a mistake, choose UNDO in the Break Area or
   press (Alt)-(I).

CADKEY deletes the dimension and leader lines and you can
indicate another dimension text position.

PARALEL lets you create a parallel dimension.  See
"DETAIL, DIMENSN, PARALEL" in this chapter for more
information about parallel dimensions.  Using PARALEL 1.
Enter an angle for the witness line in degrees <Enter>.
2.  Indicate the dimension text placement using an option
from the Position Menu.  CADKEY dimensions the diameter
and prefixes it with the ANSI-standard diameter symbol, x.
Fig.  4-17 shows a parallel dimension using 30 as the
angle for the witness lines.

3. If you make a mistake, choose UNDO in the Break Area or
   press (Alt)-(I).  CADKEY deletes the dimension and
   leader lines and you can indicate another dimension
   text position.
2
-10 0 316 #
-11 0 0 !
3171 61 Detail Dimensn Ordinat Create
CREATE makes a string of ordinate dimensions on a
horizontal, vertical, or parallel axis.

1. Choose an option from the following submenu:

ALIGNED creates and arranges all dimension ordinate text
matching the text position of the base ordinate.

NON-ALN creates ordinate dimensions and text according to
positions you choose.

2. Choose the axis to dimension from the following menu.

HORIZTL
VERTICL
PARALEL

If you choose PARALEL, choose two positions setting the
direction of the dimension axis.

3. Choose a location for the base, or first, ordinate
   using an option from the Position Menu.  The base
   ordinate you select is the starting point of an
   ordinate string on the axis you chose.  Ordinates you
   create after the base ordinate are called subordinates.

4. Choose a position for the ordinate dimension text.
   Depending on the alignment method you chose earlier,
   one of the following occurs:

If you select ALIGNED, the first text position sets the
position for all other text in the string.  From now on,
choose positions for dimensioning from the Position Menu;
text aligns automatically with the first dimension you
create.  When the string is complete, press <Enter>.

If you select NON-ALN, CADKEY prompts you for each text
ordinate in the string.  CADKEY draws the leader line from
the position you indicate to the text location.  Continue
to choose location and text positions for each
subordinate.

If you set the DIM MOD switch set to AUTOMAT, CADKEY
calculates each ordinate dimension text value.

If you set the DIM MOD switch to MANUAL, CADKEY starts the
on-line text editor and prompts you to enter the dimension
text.

5. When you enter all the text, choose SAVE TX.  SAVE TX
   is CADKEY shorthand for save text.

Each line of dimension text you type can be up to 80
characters long.  The entire text string cannot be more
than 1024 characters.  The text string can consist of any
of the following characters:

!@#$%^&-() +-={}[]~'":;?/>.<,|\ 0-9, A-Z, a-z, 1 , , x,
Spacebar, and <Enter>

6. Press <Enter> when you finish an ordinate string.
2
-10 0 317 #
-11 0 0 !
3172 13 Detail Dimensn Ordinat Modify
MODIFY lets you edit ordinate dimensions.  You can use
four different methods.

Choose a method for editing ordinate dimensions from the
menu.

ADD TO
MOVE
ALIGN
REMOVE

See the "DETAIL" chapter in the Reference Manual for
information on the above options.
2
-10 0 317 #
-11 0 0 !
3181 47 Detail Dimensn Serial Chain
CHAIN creates chain dimensioning.  A chain dimension is a
series of dimensions that you place by selecting points to
dimension.

1. Select the axis for the chain dimensions:

HORIZTL displays chain dimensions measured horizontally
between the selected positions.

VERTICL displays chain dimensions measured vertically
between the selected positions.

PARALEL displays chain dimensions measured parallel to the
direction of the selected position, according to the axis.

2. If you selected PARALEL, CADKEY prompts you to select
   the dimension axis.  Select two positions to show the
   dimension axis.  If you chose HORIZTL or VERTICL,
   CADKEY does not prompt you to choose the dimension
   axis.

3. Select locations you want to dimension.  When you
   finish, press <Enter>.

4. Cursor select a position to show the first witness line
   height.

CADKEY uses this position to calculate the witness and
leader lines for the first dimension.  CADKEY also sets
all dimensions in the chain to the same height.  Two
temporary witness lines display to show the boundaries of
the dimension you processed.

5. CADKEY prompts you to choose the dimension text
   position.  The location you select projects to the
   current witness height line.

The dimension displays with its leader lines.

6. If you make a mistake, choose UNDO in the Break Area or
   press (Alt)-(I).

After you process each dimension, new temporary witness
lines display indicating the next dimension for
processing.

7. Continue until you finish all of the dimensions.
2
-10 0 318 #
-11 0 0 !
3182 65 Detail Dimensn Serial Baseln
BASELN creates a series of dimensions that have one
reference point, the baseline point, in common.
Dimensions with smaller values display below dimensions
with larger values.

-Baseline dimensions display only in the view you create
them.

-Select a maximum of 50 reference points for baseline
dimensions.  CADKEY creates 49 dimensions.

-Select all points of a baseline dimension before you
create the actual dimension.

1. Select the axis for the baseline dimensions.

HORIZTL measures and displays baseline dimensions on a
horizontal axis between the positions you select.

VERTICL measures and displays baseline dimensions on a
vertical axis between the positions you select.

PARALEL measures and displays baseline dimensions on an
axis parallel to the direction of the selected positions.

2. After you choose the dimension axis for PARALEL, or
   after you choose HORIZTL or VERTICL, select the base
   position of the dimension.  The position is the common
   reference point for the superimposed running
   dimensions.

3. Select locations you want to dimension.  When you
   finish, press <Enter>.

4. In any order, select up to 50 positions that you want
   to dimension from the base position.  When you finish
   selecting the positions, press <Enter>.

5. Cursor select a position to show the witness line
   height.  CADKEY uses this position to calculate the
   witness and leader lines for the first dimension.
   CADKEY raises the witness lines for the following
   dimensions by twice the dimension text height of the
   first dimension.

Two temporary lines appear showing the boundaries of the
dimension.

6. Choose a dimension text position.

The point you select projects to the current witness
height line.  When you place the text, CADKEY calculates
the distance from the base point to the chosen positions,
starting with the positions closest to the basepoint.

7. The dimension displays with its leader lines.

If you make a mistake, choose UNDO in the Break Area or
press (Alt)-(I).

8. As CADKEY completes each dimension, temporary witness
   lines showing the next dimension display at the new
   height.

9. Continue until you process all of the dimensions.
2
-10 0 318 #
-11 0 0 !
3183 45 Detail Dimensn Serial Running
RUNNING creates a running dimension; a chainlike series of
dimensions with one reference point, the baseline point,
in common.  Unlike baseline and chain dimensions, RUNNING
places the text at the top of the witness line and makes
the text's angle the same as the witness line's.  The
dimensions display at the witness line height.

1. Select the axis for the superimposed running
   dimensions:

HORIZTL creates and displays running dimensions on a
horizontal axis between the selected positions.

VERTICL creates and displays running dimensions on a
vertical axis between the selected positions.

PARALEL creates and displays running dimensions on an axis
parallel to the direction of the selected positions.

2. If you choose PARALEL, CADKEY prompts to select the
   dimension axis.  Choose two positions to show the
   dimension axis.  If you choose HORIZTL or VERTICL,
   CADKEY does not prompt you to choose a dimension axis.

3. After you choose the dimension axis for PARALEL, or
   after you choose HORIZTL or VERTICL, select the base
   position of the dimension.  The position is the common
   reference point for the superimposed running
   dimensions.

4. Choose a position from the Position Menu to show the
   witness line height.  CADKEY uses this position to
   calculate the witness and leader lines for each
   dimension.

5. In any order, choose the position to measure from the
   Position Menu.  As you select the positions, the
   dimensions display, extending from the common base
   point to the point you choose.  The dimension text
   appears over the new point's witness line, parallel to
   the line's angle and at the indicated witness line
   height.

6. If you make a mistake, choose UNDO in the Break Area or
   press (Alt)-(I).
2
-10 0 318 #
-11 0 0 !
3191 17 Detail Dimensn Chamfer C
C lets you tell CADKEY to display a C as a prefix to a
chamfer dimension.

1. Cursor select the chamfer line you want to dimension.

2. Indicate the dimension text placement using an option
   from the Position Menu.

CADKEY displays the chamfer dimension as a linear
dimension with the prefix C.  CADKEY draws the dimension,
arrows, and leader lines according to the current settings
in DETAIL, SET.

3. If you make a mistake, choose UNDO in the Break Area or
   press (Alt)-(I).  CADKEY deletes the dimension and
   leader lines, and you can indicate another dimension
   text position.
2
-10 0 319 #
-11 0 0 !
3192 17 Detail Dimensn Chamfer X 45deg
X 45DEG displays X 45 as a chamfer dimension's suffix.
For example:

1. Cursor select the chamfer line you want to dimension.

2. Indicate the dimension text placement using an option
   from the Position Menu.

CADKEY displays the chamfer dimension as a linear
dimension with the suffix X 45 .  CADKEY draws the
dimension, arrows, and leader lines according to the
current settings in DETAIL, SET.

3. If you make a mistake, choose UNDO in the Break Area or
   press (Alt)-(I).  CADKEY deletes the dimension and
   leader lines, and you can indicate another dimension
   text position.
2
-10 0 319 #
-11 0 0 !
3651 21 Detail Layout Instance Create
CREATE lets you assign views to drawing instances that you
want to place in your drawing layout.

A dialog box listing available views appears.

You can choose from CADKEY's eight standard views,
user-defined, or system views if they're available.

1. Position the cursor over the view in which you want
   your drawing instance to appear and either click twice,
   or click once and press and then click on OK.

2. Enter a rotation angle in degrees for the instance
   <Enter>, or press <Enter> to accept the default.

3. A ghost box appears on the display screen.  Position
   the ghost box using an option from the Position Menu,
   keeping in mind that CADKEY positions the instance
   about its center.

You return to the INSTANCE menu.
2
-10 0 365 #
-11 0 0 !
3652 25 Detail Layout Instance Modify
MODIFY lets you change a drawing instance's drawing scale,
rotation angle, location, view, lets you blank and unblank
entities, and change the levels visible in an instance.
You can also use this option to specify which
layout-specific entities you want tagged to, or untagged
from, a drawing instance.

You can also press (Ctrl)-(Z) from the Main Menu in DLM or
the DETAIL, LAYOUT menu to reach DETAIL, LAYOUT, INSTANCE,
MODIFY.

Choose an option from the following menu:

SCALE
ROTATE
LOCATE
VIEW
BLANK
UNBLANK
LEVEL
TAG
UNTAG

See the "DETAIL" chapter in the Reference Manual for
information on the above options.
2
-10 0 365 #
-11 0 0 !
3653 30 Detail Layout Instance Align
ALIGN lets you line up drawing instances by choosing the
instance you want to align and entering information about
how you want to align it.  Once you enter this
information, CADKEY creates a tracking path along which
you can cursor select an alignment position.

In DLM, when you change the alignment of an instance that
contains cross-hatching or has dimensions, notes, arrows,
witness lines, or labels tagged to it, CADKEY realigns the
drafting entity along with the instance.

Choose an option for aligning instances from the following
menu.

AUTO
MANUAL

AUTO aligns two instances by letting you choose a fixed
instance and the instance you want to align.  The instance
you want to align uses the fixed instance as a reference.
CADKEY aligns the two by figuring out the common axis
between them.

MANUAL lets you align two instances along a vertical or
horizontal tracking path, or along a tracking path that
you determine by cursor selecting various alignment
points.

See the "DETAIL" chapter in the Reference Manual for
specific information about using ALIGN.
2
-10 0 365 #
-11 0 0 !
3654 48 Detail Layout Instance Active,
Choosing ACTIVE, pressing (Alt)-(V), or clicking on the
ACTVINS setting in the Status Window lets you change the
active instance in a layout.  The view number associated
to the active instance appears next to the ACTVINS setting
in the Status Window.

You know an instance is active when CADKEY surrounds it
with a dashed highlighted box that adjusts in size
according to the number of entities displayed.  Only one
instance can be active at a time.  If you want to change
something in an inactive instance, first make it active.

CHANGING THE ACTIVE INSTANCE

CADKEY prompts you to choose the drawing instance you want
to make active.  Cursor select an instance.

CADKEY highlights the new active instance by surrounding
it with a dashed highlighted box and the active instance's
view number appears after ACTVINS in the Status Window.

TURNING THE ACTIVE INSTANCE OFF

CADKEY prompts you to choose the drawing instance you want
to make active.  Cursor select in an empty area of the
screen, away from any drawing instances.

CADKEY turns off any active instance.  None of the
instances are surrounded by a highlighted box and a zero
appears after ACTVINS in the Status Window.

Keep the following notes in mind:

-Before you use the following CADKEY options on
instance-specific geometry, designate an active instance
using the ACTIVE option, pressing (Alt)-(V), or by
clicking on the ACTVINS setting in the Status Window.

-To perform the following operations on layout-specific
geometry, you must first turn off the active instance.
Also turn the active instance off if you have a problem
performing a trimming operation between layout- and
instance-specific geometry.

CONTROL, ATTRIB, dialog box options EDIT, TRM EXT (to trim
instance-specific to instance-specific entities) DETAIL,
X-HATCH (to cross-hatch between boundaries consisting
entirely of instance-specific entities)
2
-10 0 365 #
-11 0 0 !
3661 47 Detail Layout Modelize Entity
ENTITY lets you select entities that you want to change
from instance-specific to layout-specific geometry.

You must have an active instance to select entities for
modelizing.  If you try to select entities using this
option and do not have an active instance, CADKEY displays
an error message.

1. Single select the entities in the instance that you
   want to change from instance-specific to
   layout-specific geometry.

If it's hard to select entities in the active instance,
select them from another instance.  Remember, CADKEY
modelizes only the entities in the active instance.

When you move an instance that contains modelized entities
that are not tagged to the instance, the modelized
entities disappear until you redraw or autoscale.

2. Press <Enter> when you finish selecting the entities.
   CADKEY asks whether it's okay to modelize; choose YES
   or NO.

Nothing appears to change, but CADKEY changes the
instance-specific geometry to layout- specific geometry in
the active instance.  CADKEY does this by creating an
exact copy of the entity as it appears in the drawing
instance and blanking the original instance-specific
geometry.

To make sure that CADKEY modelized the entity, choose
DETAIL, LAYOUT, SET, SHOWINST.  If CADKEY does not
highlight the entity, it's layout-specific geometry.  That
is, CADKEY modelized the entity correctly.

If you try to move an instance after modelizing an entity
within the instance, the entire instance relocates, and
the modelized entities also move because they are tagged
to the instance.

ENTITY is the only option in the MODELIZE menu that lets
you change layout-specific geometry back to
instance-specific geometry if you make a mistake.  First
delete the layout-specific entity using DELETE or
(Ctrl)-(Q), and then use the UNBLANK option to redisplay
the instance-specific entity.
2
-10 0 366 #
-11 0 0 !
3662 23 Detail Layout Modelize Instance
INSTANCE lets you choose a drawing instance that you want
to change from instance-specific to layout-specific
geometry.  Once you modelize a drawing instance, you
cannot change it back, so use COPY first to make a backup
of the layout.

Cursor select the instance that you want to change.
CADKEY asks whether it's okay to modelize; choose YES or
NO.

If you choose YES, CADKEY modelizes the instance.  Nothing
appears to change, but CADKEY deletes the
instance-specific geometry and replaces it with
layout-specific geometry.

If you choose NO, CADKEY prompts you to select another
instance that you want to change.

To make sure that CADKEY modelized the instance, choose
DETAIL, LAYOUT, SET, SHOWINST.  If CADKEY does not
highlight the instance, it consists of layout-specific
geometry.  That is, CADKEY modelized the instance
correctly.
2
-10 0 366 #
-11 0 0 !
3663 15 Detail Layout Modelize Layout
LAYOUT lets you modelize an entire layout from
instance-specific to layout-specific geometry.  Once you
modelize a drawing layout, you cannot change it back, so
use COPY first to make a backup copy of the layout.

CADKEY asks you to confirm that you want to modelize the
layout; choose YES or NO.

If you choose YES, CADKEY modelizes the layout.  Nothing
appears to change, but CADKEY deletes all of the
instance-specific entities in the layout and replaces them
with layout-specific entities.

If you choose NO, CADKEY returns you to the MODELIZE menu
without modelizing the layout.
2
-10 0 366 #
-11 0 0 !
3671 10 Detail Layout Set Pap lmts
PAP LMTS is CADKEY shorthand for paper limits.  PAP LMTS
is a toggle that lets you turn the highlighted paper
border on and off.

Choose PAP LMTS, press (Alt)-(K), or click on the PAP LMTS
setting in the Status Window.

If CADKEY displays the paper border and you choose PAP
LMTS, the border disappears.  If the paper border does not
appear and you choose PAP LMTS, the border reappears.
2
-10 0 367 #
-11 0 0 !
3672 12 Detail Layout Set Show new
SHOW NEW highlights any dimensions that CADKEY
automatically updated and all instance- specific entities
that you've modified or created since the last time you
worked on that layout.  SHOW NEW is a toggle that lets you
turn the highlighting on and off.

Choose SHOW NEW.

CADKEY highlights any of the entities that you modified or
created in Model Mode as dashed, highlighted lines.  To
turn the highlighting off, either choose SHOW NEW again or
press (Ctrl)-(R) to redraw the screen.
2
-10 0 367 #
-11 0 0 !
3673 12 Detail Layout Set Show inst
SHOW INST highlights all instance-specific entities in the
current layout.  CADKEY also highlights all detail
entities tagged to an instance.  This helps you
distinguish between layout- specific and instance-specific
entities if you get confused.

Choose SHOW INST, or press (Alt)-(C).

CADKEY highlights all instance-specific geometry in the
current layout as dashed, highlighted lines.  All detail
entities tagged to an instance flash.  To turn the
highlighting off, press (Ctrl)-(R) to redraw the screen.
2
-10 0 367 #
-11 0 0 !
3711 8 Detail Change Txt att Font
FONT lets you change text and dimensions to BOX or BOLD.
BOX is the default.

1. Select BOLD.

2. Choose DONE.

3. Select a note or a dimension and the font changes.
2
-10 0 371 #
-11 0 0 !
3712 5 Detail Change Txt att Height
HEIGHT changes the height of text.

1. Enter a new text height <Enter>.

2. After you change the height, choose DONE.
2
-10 0 371 #
-11 0 0 !
3713 10 Detail Change Txt att Not ang
NOT ANG changes the angle of text in note entities.
CADKEY measures all angles counter-clockwise from the
positive x axis.

1. Enter a note angle in degrees <Enter>.

2. After you change the angle in TXT ATT, choose DONE.

3. Choose a selection method and, if prompted, choose the
   viewport with the text that you want to change.
2
-10 0 371 #
-11 0 0 !
3714 14 Detail Change Txt att Aspect
ASPECT changes the characters width to height ratio.

For example, if the character height is 2 and the
character aspect ratio is .5, then the character width
is 1.

1. Assign a character aspect ratio greater than or equal
   to .01, and less than or equal to 100 <Enter>.

2. After you change the attributes in TXT ATT, choose
   DONE.

3. Choose a selection method, and, if prompted, choose the
   viewport with the text you want to change.
2
-10 0 371 #
-11 0 0 !
3715 12 Detail Change Txt att Mirror
MIRROR creates mirror images of existing notes.  In Fig.
4-58, the selection point remains in the lower left corner
of the first line in the mirrored note, and the mirrored
note is in the same text position as the original note.

1. To mirror text, choose YES from the menu.

2. After you change the attributes, in TXT ATT, choose
   DONE.

3. Choose a selection method and, if prompted, choose the
   viewport with the text that you want to change.
2
-10 0 371 #
-11 0 0 !
3716 11 Detail Change Txt att Slant
SLANT slants text at any angle between -31 and 31 .

1. Enter the angle, in degrees, that you want to slant the
   text <Enter>.  The text angle must be between -31 and
   +31 .

2. After you change the attributes in the TXT ATT menu,
   choose DONE.

3. Choose a selection method.  If prompted, choose the
   viewport with the text to change.
2
-10 0 371 #
-11 0 0 !
3717 9 Detail Change Txt att Fill
FILL paints the inside area of the bold characters.

1. To use FILL, choose YES from the menu.

2. After you change the attributes in the TXT ATT menu,
   choose DONE.

3. Choose a selection method and, if prompted, choose the
   viewport with the text to change.
2
-10 0 371 #
-11 0 0 !
3718 18 Detail Change Txt att Lin spac
LIN SPAC sets the amount of space between successive lines
of drawn, plotted, or printed text in a note or file-based
note.

1. Enter a line spacing factor.

The factor is the ratio between the current text height
and the line spacing.  For example, if your text height is
one inch, and your factor is .5, spacing between text
lines is one-half inch.

2. After you change the attributes in the TXT ATT menu,
   choose DONE.

3. Choose a selection method, and if prompted, choose the
   viewport with the text that you want to change.

Choose DONE when you finish choosing TXT ATT selections.
2
-10 0 371 #
-11 0 0 !
3751 19 Detail Change Dim rep Decimal
DECIMAL changes the number of digits to the right of the
decimal point in an existing dimension.

1. Choose the decimal precision from the following menu.
   "n" represents any digit from 0 to 9.

   n
   n.n
   n.nn
   n.nnn
   n.nnnn
   n.nnnnn
   .nnnnnn

2. Choose the dimensions you want to change.

The dimension redraws with the new decimal value.  SET,
DIM REP lets you choose the decimal precision when you
create new dimensions.
2
-10 0 375 #
-11 0 0 !
3752 17 Detail Change Dim rep Fractin
FRACTIN changes a dimension value to a fractional value.

1. Set a fraction for rounding off the current dimension
   by choosing an option from the FRACTIN menu:

   1/2
   1/4
   1/8
   1/16
   1/32
   1/64

2. Choose the dimensions you want to change.

CADKEY redraws the dimensions and sets the new fractional
value.  SET, DIM REP lets you choose the fractional value
when you create new dimensions.
2
-10 0 375 #
-11 0 0 !
3753 18 Detail Change Dim rep Ft
FT / IN changes the current dimension value to feet and
inches.

1. Choose a rounding-off factor for a dimension by
   choosing an option from the menu.

   1/2
   1/4
   1/8
   1/16
   1/32
   1/64

2. Select the dimensions to change.

CADKEY redraws the dimensions and sets the new FT/IN
value.  DETAIL, SET, DIM REP lets you choose this value
when you create new dimensions.
2
-10 0 375 #
-11 0 0 !
3754 4 Detail Change Dim rep Degrees
DEGREES changes angular dimension's text to degrees.

After you choose DEGREES, pick the dimensions to change.
The text of the dimensions you choose changes to degrees.
2
-10 0 375 #
-11 0 0 !
3755 9 Detail Change Dim rep Deg
DEG / MIN is CADKEY shorthand for degrees, minutes, and
seconds.  It changes an angular dimension's text to
degrees, minutes, and seconds.

After you choose DEG / MIN, pick the dimensions you want
to change.

The text of the dimensions you choose changes to degrees,
minutes, and seconds.
2
-10 0 375 #
-11 0 0 !
3771 16 Detail Change Arrows Direct
DIRECT lets you change the orientation of dimension and
label arrows.  For example, CADKEY lets you specify
whether you want a label's arrow to emanate from the left
or right side of the label text.

CADKEY prompts you to select the dimension or label you
want to change.

If you select a label, choose either LEFT or RIGHT.
CADKEY regenerates the label with the arrow emanating from
the appropriate side of the text.

If you select a dimension, choose either IN or OUT.
CADKEY regenerates the dimension and either places the
arrows inside or outside the boundaries of the witness
lines or reference entities.
2
-10 0 377 #
-11 0 0 !
3772 7 Detail Change Arrows Style
STYLE selects previously defined arrowheads.

-There are four options to select from: STYLE1, STYLE2,
STYLE3, or STYLE4.

-If you don't define any new arrowheads, CADKEY assigns
style four automatically.
2
-10 0 377 #
-11 0 0 !
3781 17 Detail Change Toler Values
VALUES changes the tolerance value(s) for a dimension that
already has a tolerance.  Choose the tolerance value to
change:

POS TOL - assigns a new positive tolerance for the
dimension you select.  The value must be greater than or
equal to 0.  Enter a new positive value <Enter>.

NEG TOL - assigns a new negative tolerance for the
dimension you select.  The value must be less than or
equal to 0.  Make sure you use a minus sign even if you
assign zero.  Enter a new negative value <Enter>.

BOTH - assigns new negative and positive tolerances.
Enter a new value for each tolerance <Enter>.  Select the
dimension for tolerance value changes using the Selection
Menu.
2
-10 0 378 #
-11 0 0 !
3782 21 Detail Change Toler Type
TYPE changes the type of tolerancing for a selected
dimension.  Choose the tolerance type from the following
menu.

NONE turns off tolerancing.

+/- displays dimensions followed by a plus-minus
tolerance.

LIMIT displays dimensions with the high limit, or maximum
value, over the low limit, or minimum value.

Keep the following notes in mind:

-If you choose +/- or LIMIT and the dimension's original
tolerance type is NONE, CADKEY sets the current modal
tolerance values.

-For any tolerance type change, CADKEY uses the current
settings for trailing and leading zeros, and uses the 0
REP switch for +/- tolerance.
2
-10 0 378 #
-11 0 0 !
4611 10 X-form Project Normal 3 pts
3 PTS defines the plane containing two or three specified
positions.  CADKEY prompts you for three positions.

To define the plane normal to a construction plane and
containing two positions, indicate two positions and press
<Enter> when CADKEY prompts you for the third position.

To define the plane containing three positions, use an
option from the Position Menu to indicate the three
positions.
2
-10 0 461 #
-11 0 0 !
4612 5 X-form Project Normal Pt/line
PT/LINE defines the plane containing a specified position
and a selected line.

Use an option from the Position Menu to indicate the
position.  Cursor select the line.
2
-10 0 461 #
-11 0 0 !
4613 2 X-form Project Normal 2 lines
2 LINES defines the plane containing two intersecting
lines.  Cursor select the lines.
2
-10 0 461 #
-11 0 0 !
4614 10 X-form Project Normal Vw/dpth
VW/DPTH defines the plane matching a constant depth in a
specified view.

Enter the view number.

Indicate the depth by choosing VALUE or POSITION.

VALUE lets you enter the depth.

POSITION use the Position Menu to indicate depth.
2
-10 0 461 #
-11 0 0 !
4615 5 X-form Project Normal Entity
ENTITY defines the plane containing a 2-D entity or the
plane that contains a line and is normal to the
construction plane.

Cursor select a line, arc, conic, or 2-D spline.
2
-10 0 461 #
-11 0 0 !
4621 58 X-form Project Skewed 3 pts
3 PTS defines the plane containing two or three specified
positions.  CADKEY prompts you for three positions.

To define the plane normal to a construction plane and
containing two positions, indicate two positions and press
<Enter> when CADKEY prompts you for the third position.

To define the plane containing three positions, use an
option from the Position Menu to indicate the three
positions.

PT/LINE defines the plane containing a specified position
and a selected line.

Use an option from the Position Menu to indicate the
position.  Cursor select the line.

2 LINES defines the plane containing two intersecting
lines.  Cursor select the lines.

VW/DPTH defines the plane matching a constant depth in a
specified view.  Enter the view number.  Indicate the
depth by choosing VALUE or POSITION.

        VALUE lets you enter the depth.

        POSITION use the Position Menu to indicate depth.

ENTITY defines the plane containing a 2-D entity or the
plane that contains a line and is normal to the
construction plane.

Cursor select a line, arc, conic, or 2-D spline.  Define
the projection direction using the following menu:

2 PTS
KEY-IN
VIEW
2D ENT

2 PTS defines the projection direction as the vector, from
one position to another.Use an option from the Position
Menu to indicate the two positions.

KEY-IN lets you enter values for the vector.  COORD: the
Status Window tells you if the coordinates are world or
view.  Enter the x, y, and z values of the vector and
press <Enter>.

VIEW defines the projection direction as normal to a
view's display plane.  Enter the view number and press
<Enter>.

2D ENT defines the projection direction as being normal to
an arc, conic, or 2-D spline.

Cursor select the entity.  CADKEY completes the
transformation.
2
-10 0 462 #
-11 0 0 !
5511 5 Files Macros Library Load
LOAD opens an existing macro library, or creates a new
library.  Enter a library name, <Enter>.  If the library
you choose does not exist, CADKEY asks you whether you
want to create a new library.  The NO/YES menu appears.
Answer YES or NO.
2
-10 0 551 #
-11 0 0 !
5512 20 Files Macros Library Append
APPEND adds the contents of a macro library you choose to
the active library.

1. Enter the name of the macro library <Enter>.  The
   system finds the library in the directory you choose or
   in the default directory, and adds its contents to the
   active macro library.

2. If the two libraries have macros with the same names,
   CADKEY prompts you to choose an option from the
   following menu:

REPLACE deletes the old macro and replaces it with the new
one.

REN-NEW lets you enter a different name for the macro.

REN-OLD lets you enter a new name for the existing macro.

OMIT lets you continue without appending the macro.
2
-10 0 551 #
-11 0 0 !
5513 11 Files Macros Library Delete
DELETE removes a macro from an open macro library.  Enter
the name of the macro to delete <Enter>.  CADKEY removes
the macro from the macro library, and temporarily removes
it from the current binding file.

CADKEY does not update binding files automatically.  If
you don't save the modified binding file before you exit
CADKEY, the data for the deleted macro stays in the
binding file.  After you delete a macro from a library,
save the temporarily modified binding file.  Use FILES,
MACROS, BINDING, SAVE.
2
-10 0 551 #
-11 0 0 !
5514 9 Files Macros Library Lst/exe
LST/EXE

Selecting LST/EXE brings up a dialog box with a list of
macros in the open library.

Current macro text field displays the name of the macro
library currently loaded.  Use the scroll bars and arrow
keys to scroll through the list.  Click on a macro name
and click on OK to execute the selected macro.
2
-10 0 551 #
-11 0 0 !
5515 18 Files Macros Library Rename
RENAME

1. Enter the name of the existing macro <Enter>.

2. Enter the new name for the macro <Enter>.

3. If an existing macro has the same name as the new one
   you entered, CADKEY prompts you to choose an option
   from the following menu:

REPLACE deletes the old macro and replaces it with the new
one.

REN-NEW lets you enter a different name for the new macro.

REN-OLD lets you enter a new name for the existing macro.

OMIT lets you exit without renaming the macro.
2
-10 0 551 #
-11 0 0 !
5516 12 Files Macros Library Txt-out
TXT-OUT outputs a macro from the current library to an
ASCII text file.  TXT-OUT helps when you edit existing
macros.  Press <Enter> accept the default.

1. Enter a filename for the new text file <Enter>.  CADKEY
   adds a txt extension to the filename automatically.
   CADKEY stores the text file in the default macro
   directory, and returns you to the LIBRARY menu.

2. After you exit CADKEY, you can use an ASCII text editor
   to edit your text file.  Use TXT-IN to read the edited
   text file into CADKEY.
2
-10 0 551 #
-11 0 0 !
5517 26 Files Macros Library Txt-in
TXT-IN reads an ASCII text file and converts it to a
macro.  Use TXT-IN after you edit an ASCII version of a
macro.

Enter the text filename <Enter>.  CADKEY reads the file
and translates it to the macro binary format.

TXT-OUT and TXT-IN read macros to and from ASCII text
format.  Use TXT-OUT to create an ASCII file that you can
modify with an ASCII text editor.  You can then convert
the text file back to the binary macro format so CADKEY
can execute it.

Before you edit a macro text file, you must know the order
of all the steps that you want in the new macro.  Specific
keystroke order, use of (Esc), and any other information
you put in the macro are all very important when you edit
the macro.

An ASCII text file that defines a macro has the following
format:

-The first line of the file is the macro name.

-Every line after the first line is a menu selection, a
macro function-for example, PAUSE-or a prompt.
2
-10 0 551 #
-11 0 0 !
6671 9 Display Levels Name Describe
DESCRIBE specifies descriptors for levels.

1. Enter the level number where you want to attach the
   descriptor <Enter>.

2. Enter a level descriptor of no more than 30 ASCII
   characters.  If the level already has a descriptor, the
   current descriptor appears on the prompt line so you
   can edit it.
2
-10 0 667 #
-11 0 0 !
6672 14 Display Levels Name Txt-out
TXT-OUT writes level descriptions to an ASCII text file.

1. Enter the name of the file where you want to write the
   level descriptor information <Enter>, or press <Enter>
   to accept the default.  CADKEY makes the level text
   file by listing each level number followed by a space
   and the descriptor, each on its own line.  For example:

1 Outer ring assembly
2 Inner ring assembly
5 Washer rotor arm under/over

2. After you successfully generate the level text file,
   CADKEY returns you to the NAME menu.
2
-10 0 667 #
-11 0 0 !
6673 16 Display Levels Name Txt-in
TXT-IN imports an ASCII text file with level descriptions.

1. Enter the name of the file with the level descriptor
   information <Enter>.  Each line of the imported file
   must contain a level number followed by a space and the
   level's descriptor.  For example:

1 Outer ring assembly

CADKEY adds a level entity to the database for each valid
level number with a descriptor.  If the file contains a
level which already has a descriptor, it overwrites the
information.

2. After you import the text file, CADKEY returns you to
   the NAME menu.
2
-10 0 667 #
-11 0 0 !
6674 48 Display Levels Name List
LIST lets you see the level numbers of all active and
inactive levels with descriptors and/or entities and the
number of entities on each level.  When you choose LIST,
CADKEY displays the Model Levels List dialog box.

Note: An alert box displays if CADKEY does not find an
entity or level descriptor.

Model Levels List Dialog Box

This section describes the Model Levels List dialog box
and how to use it.  In the Model Levels List dialog box
you can choose from the following commands: (OK),
(Cancel), or (Count).

(OK) - saves the current settings and returns you to the
NAME menu.  You can also press <Enter> to accept changes.

(Cancel) - exits the dialog box and returns you to the
NAME menu without saving changes.

(Count) - displays the entity count data.  When you choose
(Count) the Entity Count dialog box appears.

Level lets you view the levels you have in the part file.
You cannot modify the values in this column.

Act is CADKEY shorthand for active.  It lets you identify
whether a level is active or not.  Only one level can be
active at a time.

To change the current active level, move the cursor in the
Act column next to the level you want to activate and
click once.  The asterisk under the Act column moves from
the previous active level to the new active level.

Dsp is a toggle button that lets you turn a displayed
level on or off.  If you turn a level off, CADKEY does not
display it.

To turn a level on or off, position the cursor in the Dsp
column and click next to the level you want to turn on or
off.  If you select a level that is already active, the
asterisk in the Dsp column disappears and CADKEY removes
the level from the display.  If you select a non-displayed
level, an asterisk appears in the Dsp column and CADKEY
adds the level to the display.

2
-10 0 667 #
-11 0 0 !
0 41 Ents is CADKEY shorthand for number of entities.  CADKEY
displays the number of entities included on the selected
level.

Description lets you display the descriptor you assigned
to a specific level.  You can edit or change the
description.

To select the descriptor that you want to change, position
the cursor and click in the column next to the appropriate
level number.  Type in a new description for the selected
level.  Use the arrow keys, (Backspace), (Del), (Ins) to
edit the line.

DLM Note: If you are in Drawing Layout Mode and you choose
DETAIL, LAYOUT, INSTANCE, MODIFY, LEVELS, CADKEY displays
the same dialog box, but with a different name; the
Instance Level Display Map dialog box.  You use this
dialog box in DLM to change the display of drawing
instance levels.

The Entity Count Dialog Box

The sections that follow describe the Entity Count dialog
box options and how to use them.

The Entity Count dialog box displays three columns; Entity
Description, Current Level, and All Levels.  CADKEY
displays the level you selected from the Model Levels List
dialog box in the upper left corner of the dialog box.
Click on OK to return to the Model Levels List dialog box.

Entity Description describes the entities included in each
level.

Current Level lists the entity count for the level you
selected in the Model Levels List dialog box.  The
description of the level is also displayed in the
information area in the upper left corner of the dialog
box.

All Levels lists the entity count for all levels.
0
6921 27 Display Cursor Digitize Align
ALIGN orients your drawing to the active tablet area, when
you turn on digitizing.

1. Choose a coordinate system origin on the taped-down
   drawing.  The coordinate system shows the base point
   for the digitizing cursor.

2. Locate two positions on the drawing that are a known
   distance apart.  The two positions show the drawing's x
   axis.  Cursor indicate each position, choosing the
   position closest to the origin first.

3. Enter the distance in system units between these two
   points and press <Enter>.  The distance you choose sets
   the scale between the drawing and the system; it's like
   a mile scale on a map.  For example, if your drawing
   has a 2 to 1 scale, it means that a real 1 inch line
   shows as 2 inches on your drawing.  If you choose the
   endpoints of this line, enter 2.0 as the distance to
   establish the drawing scale for the system.  If you
   tape the drawing on the digitizer incorrectly, it still
   aligns with the system screen and coordinate system.

4. CADKEY starts digitizing automatically.  Turn on cursor
   tracking to verify your origin location.  From now on,
   CADKEY uses the digitizing scale and compensates for
   rotation.
2
-10 0 692 #
-11 0 0 !
6922 9 Display Cursor Digitize On/off
ON/OFF activates or deactivates tablet digitizing for the
whole tablet with the settings from ALIGN, regardless of
the graphics viewing scale.

You can select menu options and restrict cursor coordinate
entry to the active tablet area you specify in the
configuration program.  CADKEY maps this area to the
entire graphics viewport, regardless of the viewing scale.
The cursor coordinate scale always changes automatically.
2
-10 0 692 #
-11 0 0 !
7161 20 Control Verify Area/cn Circle
CIRCLE lets you choose an arc or circle to find the area
and centroid measurements.

Using CIRCLE

1. Move the cursor near an arc or circle on the screen,
   and press the (Spacebar) or the cursor button.  If you
   select an arc, CADKEY draws a temporary line to join
   the end points.  The result is a semicircle or segment.
   The temporary line appears onscreen as a guide.  CADKEY
   does not store temporary lines in the database.  The
   area of the arc or circle you select appears on the
   prompt line.

2. Press <Enter> to display the x and y coordinates of the
   centroid.  CADKEY calculates this position using the
   current view coordinate system, xv, yv, and marks it
   with a temporary marker, *.  If your screen gets too
   cluttered, clear the temporary markers by pressing
   (Ctrl)-(R).
2
-10 0 716 #
-11 0 0 !
7162 22 Control Verify Area/cn Clsd ln
CLSD LN lets you select a set of line entities whose
projections define a closed region in the current view.

1. Choose a selection option from the Selection Menu to
   select the entities.  If the lines you choose don't
   form a closed shape, CADKEY rejects them and displays
   an error message:
   
Invalid data...press RETURN to continue

2. If CADKEY gives you an error message, use the Selection
   Menu to reselect the entities.  When you finish, CADKEY
   calculates and displays the area of the region with a
   boundary of projections of the selected entities.

3. Press <Enter> to display the x and y coordinates of the
   centroid.  The system figures the position using the
   current view coordinate system, xv, yv, and marks it
   with a temporary marker, *.

4. If your screen is cluttered, clear it by pressing
   (Ctrl)-(R).
2
-10 0 716 #
-11 0 0 !
7163 31 Control Verify Area/cn General
GENERAL lets you choose a set of entities, not points,
whose projections define a closed region in the current
view.  You can use islands inside the outer perimeter you
select.  Islands are areas within areas.

1. Choose from the Selection Menu and select a set of
   entities.  You can choose islands to include or exclude
   just like you do in cross-hatching.  If the entities
   you select don't form a closed shape, CADKEY rejects
   them and prompts you with the following message:

Invalid data...press RETURN to continue

2. If you get the error message, use the Selection Menu to
   reselect the entities you want.  CADKEY uses rectangles
   to calculate the approximate area of the shape you
   select.  CADKEY calculates the area and centroid values
   by adding the area and centroid measurements for each
   panel in the shape.  CADKEY stacks the panels for each
   shape, and sizes them according to the panel width
   value.

3. Enter a panel width and press <Enter>.  To accept the
   default, press <Enter> only.  CADKEY calculates and
   displays the area for the closed shape.

4. Press <Enter> again to display the x and y coordinates
   of the centroid, using the view coordinate system, xv,
   yv.  A temporary marker, *, appears at the centroid.
   If your screen is cluttered with temporary lines,
   remove them by pressing (Ctrl)-(R).
2
-10 0 716 #
-11 0 0 !
